WO2013004551A1 - Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors - Google Patents

Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013004551A1
WO2013004551A1 PCT/EP2012/062366 EP2012062366W WO2013004551A1 WO 2013004551 A1 WO2013004551 A1 WO 2013004551A1 EP 2012062366 W EP2012062366 W EP 2012062366W WO 2013004551 A1 WO2013004551 A1 WO 2013004551A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mmol
formula
triazin
mixture
amino
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2012/062366
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jürgen KLAR
Verena Voehringer
Joachim Telser
Mario Lobell
Frank SÜSSMEIER
Volkhart Min-Jian Li
Michael BÖTTGER
Stefan Golz
Dieter Lang
Karl-Heinz Schlemmer
Thomas Schlange
Andreas Schall
Wenlang Fu
Original Assignee
Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh
Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=47436537&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2013004551(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to NZ619453A priority Critical patent/NZ619453B2/en
Priority to US14/130,586 priority patent/US9040691B2/en
Priority to AU2012280508A priority patent/AU2012280508A1/en
Priority to ES12730515.9T priority patent/ES2598027T3/en
Priority to KR1020137034741A priority patent/KR20140036269A/en
Priority to SG2013086426A priority patent/SG195100A1/en
Priority to JP2014517662A priority patent/JP5955953B2/en
Priority to EA201490103A priority patent/EA023775B1/en
Priority to UAA201400937A priority patent/UA110724C2/en
Application filed by Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh, Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft filed Critical Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh
Priority to BR112014000049A priority patent/BR112014000049A2/en
Priority to CA2840518A priority patent/CA2840518A1/en
Priority to CN201280042804.7A priority patent/CN103764657B/en
Priority to AP2014007378A priority patent/AP3529A/en
Priority to EP12730515.9A priority patent/EP2726482B1/en
Priority to MX2013014315A priority patent/MX2013014315A/en
Publication of WO2013004551A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013004551A1/en
Priority to ZA2013/08697A priority patent/ZA201308697B/en
Priority to IL229533A priority patent/IL229533A0/en
Priority to TNP2013000534A priority patent/TN2013000534A1/en
Priority to MA36620A priority patent/MA35601B1/en
Priority to CUP2013000170A priority patent/CU20130170A7/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel 5 - [(hydroxymethyl)aryl] -substituted pyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4- amines, to processes for the preparation of such compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and to the use of such compounds or compositions for treating angio- genesis-related disorders, in particular angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.
  • angiogenesis also called neovasculansation
  • neovasculansation signifies the process of forming new blood vessels. It is involved in normal development as well as in numerous pathological states including, for example, cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, wound healing following injury to a tissue, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, and diseases of the eye.
  • Various ocular disorders which are responsible for the majority of visual morbidities and blindness in the developed countries are characterized by, caused by and/or result in choroidal, retinal or iris neovascularisation or retinal edema [Campochiaro (2004), Exp. Opin. Biol. Ther. 4: 1395-1402].
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • CNVM choroidal neovas- cular membrane
  • CME cystoid macular edema
  • ERM epi-retinal membrane
  • macular hole abnormal blood vessels stemming from the choroid grow up through the retinal layers. The fragile new vessels break easily, causing blood and fluid to pool within the layers o the retina.
  • CME which can occur as a result of disease, injury or surgery, fluid collects within the layers of the macula, causing blurred, distorted central vision.
  • ERM macular pucker
  • ERM is a cellophane-like membrane that forms over the macula, affecting the central vision by causing blur and distortion.
  • VEGF Vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF inhibitor like pegaptanib, ranibizumab or atlibercept reduces choroidal angiogenesis and vascular leakage [Gragoudas (2004), N. Engl. J. Med. 351 : 2805-2816; Rosenfeld (2006), N. Engl. J. Med. 355: 1419-1431 ; Dixon (2009), Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs 18: 1573-1580].
  • ALKl activin receptor-like kinase-1
  • TGFp as well as the high-affinity ligands BMP9 and BMP 10 can activate ALKl in receptor complexes with BMPRII or ActRII and type III receptor endoglin [Scharpfenecker (2007), J. Cell Sci. 120: 964-972].
  • BMP9 Binding of BMP9 to ALKl in microvascular endothelial cells activates the Smadl/5/8 pathway [David (2007), Blood 109 (5): 1953-1961 ]. It was postulated that BMP9 inhibits endothelial cell migration and growth. Most studies, however, find that ALKl receptor activation promotes endothelial cell migration, proliferation, and tube formation [Goumans (2002), EMBO Journal 21 (7): 1743-1753; Wu (2006), Microvasc. Res. 71 : 12-19].
  • BMP9 and BMP 10 activate ALKl receptor complexes.
  • TGFp can also activate ALKl while in most cell types TGFp signals through ⁇ 1. ⁇ 5.
  • ALK5 activation leads to phos- phorylation of Smad2/3 while ALKl activation results in phosphorylation of Smadl/5.
  • Each Smad signalling pathway finally results in regulation of specific sets of target genes: Smad2/3 signalling induces expression of ⁇ ⁇ - ⁇ and repression of Id- 1 . while Smadl/5 signalling induces Smad6, Smad7 and Id- 1 expression and reduces PAI-1 expression [Deng (2006), J. Cell Biol. 134: 1563- 1571 ; Ota (2002), J.
  • Type III receptor endoglin plays a role in fine-tuning of ALKl and ALK5 pathways especially in endothelial cells, regulating ligand receptor interactions [ten Dijke (2008), Angiogenesis 1 1 : 79- 89]. Endoglin facilitates TGFp/ALK 1 -interaction but reduces T F ⁇ / ⁇ I - i n t erac t i o n [David (2007), Blood 109: 1953-1961]. Mutations in endoglin and in ALKl are linked to the autosomal dominant disorder called hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia 1111 IT 1 and I II IT2.
  • the present invention relates to 5-[(hydroxymethyl)aryl]-substituted pyrrolo- [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amines of the general formula (I) wherein
  • A is N or C ' -R ⁇ wherein
  • R represents hydrogen, fluoro or chloro
  • R ! represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy
  • Z represents (Ci-C- -alkyl or (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
  • R 3 represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R 3 is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom, or Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
  • R 4 represents hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl, or
  • Z represents a group of the formula
  • R 5 represents (C3 -C6)-cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl,
  • R" represents hydrogen or hydroxy
  • R represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom, and
  • Y is 0, NH or CH 3 .
  • the compounds according to this invention can also be present in the form of their salts, solvates and/or solvates of the salts.
  • Compounds according to the invention are the compounds of the formula (I) and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, the compounds included in the formula (I) of the formulae mentioned in the following and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, and the compounds included in the formula (I) and mentioned in the following as embodiment examples and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, where the compounds included in the formula (I) and mentioned in the following are not already salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Salts for the purposes of the present invention are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention (for example, see S. M. Berge et ah, "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm.
  • Salts which are not themselves suitable for pharmaceutical uses but can be used, for example, for isolation or purification of the compounds according to the invention are also included.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, for example salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid.
  • Solvates in the context of the invention are designated as those forms of the compounds according to the invention which form a complex in the solid or liquid state by stoichiometric coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are a specific form of solvates, in which the coordination takes place with water. Hydrates are preferred solvates in the context of the present invention.
  • the compounds of this invention may, either by nature of asymmetric centers or by restricted rotation, be present in the form of isomers (enantiomers, diastereomers). Any isomer may be present in which the asymmetric center is in the (i?)-, (S)-, or (R,5)-configuration.
  • the purification of said isomers and the separation of said isomeric mixtures may be accomplished by standard techniques known in the art. For example, diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into the individual isomers by chromatographic processes or crystallization, and racemates can be separated into the respective enantiomers either by chromatographic processes on chiral phases or by resolution.
  • (( " ;-( " .> l-alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl.
  • (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl represents a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon radical having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyi.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
  • A is C-R 2 , wherein
  • R - represents hydrogen or fluoro
  • R ! represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy
  • Z represents «-propyl, n-butyl or cyclohexyi each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or
  • Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
  • Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
  • R 4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl
  • Z represents a group of the formula
  • R 5 represents cyclopropyl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl
  • R" represents hydroxy
  • the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
  • A is C-R 2 , wherein
  • R 2 represents hydrogen or fluoro
  • R ! represents hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy
  • Z represents 4-hydroxybutyl or 4-hydroxycyclohexyl
  • Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
  • Z represents a thiazole group of the formula wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety
  • R 4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl
  • Z represents a group of the formula CH
  • R 5 represents cyclopropyl.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
  • A is C-R 2 , wherein
  • R 2 represents hydrogen or fluoro.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
  • A is C-R 2 , wherein
  • R ' represents fluoro
  • R ! represents fluoro.
  • residues indicated specifically in the respective combinations or preferred combinations of residues are also replaced as desired by definitions of residues of other combinations, irrespective of the particular combinations indicated for the residues. Combinations of two or more of the abovementioned preferred ranges are particularly preferred.
  • the present invention relates to a process for preparing the compounds of general formula (I), characterized in that a bromopyrrolotriazine of formula (II)
  • R represents hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl, or both R residues are linked together to form a -(CH 2 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 )2-C(CH 3 )2-, -(CH 2 ) 3 - or -CH 2 -C(CH 3 )2-CH 2 - bridge, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a base to yield the target compound of formula (I)
  • A, Z and R ! have the meanings described above, optionally followed, where appropriate, by (z) separating the compounds of formula (I) into their respective enantiomers and/or diastereomers, preferably using chromatographic methods, and/or
  • the preferred catalyst in this reaction is tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O).
  • the preferred base is sodium carbonate employed as an aqueous solution.
  • the reaction is carried out in organic solvents that are inert under the reaction conditions, such as 1,4- dioxane, acetonitrile, N.N-dimethylformamide (DMF) or dimethylsuifoxide (DMSO), or in water or in mixtures of these solvents.
  • the reaction is carried out in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water or acetonitrile and water.
  • the reaction is generally performed at temperatures between +100°C and +250°C, preferably at +120°C to +150°C. Heating is preferably effected by a single- mode microwave device.
  • the reactions are usually run under an inert gas atmosphere, preferably under argon.
  • the bromopyrrolotriazine (II) is first converted into the corresponding boronate (IV) and then cross-coupled with an aryl bromide (V) according to one of the methods described above.
  • the conversion of (II) to (IV) is achieved by a metal-mediated borylation reaction.
  • the preferred method is the palladium-catalyzed "Miyaura borylation" [see, for instance, J. Takagi et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 8001-8006; T. Ishiyama et al, J. Org. Chem.
  • Borylation and subsequent Suzuki coupling may be carried out in two separate steps including isolation and purification of intermediate (III).
  • borylation and cross-coupling may be carried out as a one -pot procedure using (III) directly without isolation and purification.
  • a primary or secondary amine moiety forms part of the Z group in the target c mpounds of formula (I)
  • conventional temporary amino-protecting groups such as acyl groups (e.g., acetyl or trifluoroacetyl) or carbamate-type protecting groups (e.g., a Boc-, ( Ivor Fmoc-group)
  • a trifluoroacetyl or a Boc group is used.
  • the hydroxy function in the coupling components (III) and (V), respectively, may temporarily be blocked during the process, preferably as a silyl ether derivative such as a trimethylsilyl or tert- butyldimethylsilyl ether.
  • protecting groups may then be cleaved off concomitantly during the aqueous w ork-up of the coupling reaction mixtures, or they are removed in a subsequent, separate reaction step using standard methods known in the art.
  • the preparation of the protected intermediates described above from the corresponding free amines or alcohols of formula (II), (III) and (V), respectively, or from other precursor compounds (see section below) is also readily accomplished following general procedures described in the literature [see, for example, T. W. Greene and P. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York, 1999].
  • compounds of formula (II) containing an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl residue as the Z group can be obtained by employing a coupling reaction between the bromopyrrolotriazine (VI) and a terminal alkyne of formula (VII) as the key step (scheme 2).
  • This type of reaction (“Sono- gashira reaction”) is usually performed in the presence of a palladium-copper catalyst system and a base.
  • the preferred copper source is copper(I) iodide, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) is used as palladium catalyst, and pyrrolidine serves both as base and solvent.
  • the coupling reaction is advantageously carried out under concurrent microwave irradiation.
  • Thc resulting alkyne (VIII) is then subjected to catalytic hydrogenation employing a customary palladium or platinum catalyst.
  • platinum(IV) oxide is used as the catalyst, and the reaction is run in acetic acid as the solvent.
  • a mixture of products (IX) and (X) is obtained by this procedure which, in any event, can be separated easily by chromatographic methods.
  • a subsequent bromination reaction preferably using 1 , 3 -dibrom o -5 , 5 -dimethy lhydantoin as the bromine source, in an inert solvent such as Tl IF or DMF yields the target pyrrolotriazines (Ila) and (lib), respectively.
  • B r o m o py rro ! ot ri a z i ne precursors of type (lie) (scheme 3) can be prepared by metalation of compound (VI) with a metal such as magnesium or lithium or by halogen-metal exchange using an organo-magnesium or organo-lithium reagent.
  • the preferred metal is magnesium which is introduced into (VI) by treatment with isopropylmagnesium bromide in a solvent such as THF or diethyl ether.
  • the intermediate organo-metal species is then reacted with a cycloalkanone or heterocycloalkanone (XI) [R. R' are linked together to form a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring] to give the tertiary alcohol (Xlla).
  • a complementary route leading to secondary alcohols of formula (Xllb) utilizes a Vilsmeier for- mylation reaction whereby aminopyrrolotriazine (XIII) is transformed into the aldehyde (XIV) (scheme 3).
  • XV Grignard reagent
  • bromination of compounds (Xlla) and (Xllb), preferably using 1 ,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydan- toin, in an inert solvent such as THF or DMF provides the target pyrrolotriazines (lie) and (lid), respectively.
  • Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing an unsubstituted cycloalkyl or carbon- bonded aza-heterocyclyl group can be prepared by dehydration of a tertiary alcohol of formula (XII c) to the unsaturated carbo- or heterocycle of formula (XVI), employing customary agents such as trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride, phosphorus (V) oxide, sulfuric acid or other strong acids (scheme 4). Subsequent catalytic hydrogenation using a conventional catalyst such as palladium on charcoal yields the saturated analog of formula (XVII).
  • a conventional catalyst such as palladium on charcoal
  • the hydrogenation step is preferably carried out in a solvent like methanol, ethanol or Tl IF which contains a small amount of aqueous trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing a l ,3-thiazol-4-yl group can be prepared by meialation of compound (VI), as described above, followed by reaction with chloroaceiyl chloride to give the intermediate (XVIII), and then condensation with a thioamide or thiourea ( XIX ) [with R 4 as defined above] to yield the precursor compound ( XX ) (scheme 5).
  • Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing an N-cyclic aminomethyl group can be obtained by reacting pyrrolotriazine (XIII) with formaldehyde and a cyclic amine of type (XXI ) in an acidic solvent, such as acetic acid, or in a mixture of an acid with an organic solvent (scheme 6). Bromination of the resulting product (XXII) with 1 ,3 -dibromo-5 ,5 -dimethylhydantoin, as described above, then provides the target pyrrolotriazine (Ilg).
  • the compounds of the present invention have valuable pharmacological properties and can be used for the prevention and treatment of diseases in humans and animals.
  • the compounds of the present invention are potent and selective inhibitors of ALKl kinase. They can therefore be used for the treatment and/or prevention of angiogenesis-related disorders, in par- ticular angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.
  • treatment includes inhibiting, delaying, relieving, mitigating, arresting, reducing or causing the regression of a disease, disorder, condition or state, the development and/or progression thereof, and/or the symptoms thereof.
  • prevention includes reducing the risk of having, contracting or experiencing a disease, disorder, condition or state, the development and/or progression thereof, and/or the symptoms thereof.
  • prevention includes prophylaxis. Treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder, condition or state may be partial or complete.
  • Angiogenesis-related ocular disorders that may be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, in particular diabetic macula edema (DME), other retinopathies such as choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), choroidal neovascular membrane (CNVM), cystoid macular edema (CME), epi-retinal membrane (ERM) and macular hole, hypertrophic changes of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE), atrophic changes of the retinal pigment epithelium, retinal detachment, choroidal vein occlusion, retinal vein occlusion, corneal angiogenesis following, for example, keratitis, cornea transplantation or keratoplasty, corneal angiogenesis due to hypoxia (e.g., induced by extensive contact lens wearing), pterygium conjunctivae, subretinal edema,
  • age-related macular degeneration encompasses both wet (or exudative, neovascular) and dry (or non-exudative, non-neovascular) mani- festations of AMD.
  • the compounds f the present invention can additionally be used for the treatment and/or prevention of inflammatory diseases associated with angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, asthma, pulmonary hypertension, multiple sclerosis, and inflammatory diseases of the bowel such as Crohn's disease.
  • inflammatory diseases associated with angiogenesis such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, asthma, pulmonary hypertension, multiple sclerosis, and inflammatory diseases of the bowel such as Crohn's disease.
  • Fibrotic diseases such as fibrosis and cirrhosis, may also be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of ocular disorders, such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy, and diabetic macula edema (DME).
  • ocular disorders such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy, and diabetic macula edema (DME).
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • CNV choroidal neovascularisation
  • DME diabetic macula edema
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention in a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned dis- orders.
  • the present invention further relates to a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders, by using an effective amount of at least one of the compounds according to the invention.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be administered as the sole pharmaceutical agent or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents where the combination causes no unacceptable adverse effects.
  • This combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound of formula (I), as defined above, and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as administration of a compound of formula (I) and each additional therapeutic agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation.
  • a compound of formula (I) and a therapeutic agent may be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent may be administered in separate dosage formulations.
  • the compound of formula (I) and one or more additional therapeutic agents may be administered at essentially the same time (i.e., concurrently) or at separately staggered times (i.e., sequentially).
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in fixed or separate combination with inhibitors of VEGF -mediated angiogenesis, such as, for example, ACTB-1003, aflibercept, apatinib, axitinib, bevacizumab, bevasiranib, BMS-690514, brivanib, cediranib, CT-322, dovitinib, E7080, foretinib, K! 1-902.
  • inhibitors of VEGF -mediated angiogenesis such as, for example, ACTB-1003, aflibercept, apatinib, axitinib, bevacizumab, bevasiranib, BMS-690514, brivanib, cediranib, CT-322, dovitinib, E7080, foretinib, K! 1-902.
  • linifanib MGCD-265, motesanib, OTS-102, pazopanib, pegaptanib, ranibizumab, regorafenib, ruboxystaurin, sorafenib, SU-14813, sunitinib, telatinib, TG-100801 , tivozanib, TSU-68, vandetanib, vargatef, vatalanib and XL-184, or with inhibitors of other signaling pathways, such as, for example, ACU-4429, disulfiram, E-10030, fenretinide, mecamyl- amine, PF-04523655, sirolimus, sonepcizumab, tandospirone and volociximab.
  • the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions com- prising at least one of the compounds according to the invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be utilized, as such or in compositions, in research and diagnostics, or as analytical reference standards and the like.
  • the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one of the compounds according to the invention together with one or more inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients, and to the use thereof for the aforementioned purposes.
  • Thc compounds according to the invention can act systemically and/or locally.
  • they can be administered in a suitable way such as, for example, by the oral, parenteral, pulmonary, nasal, lingual, sublingual, buccal, rectal, dermal, transdermal, conjunctival, subconjunctival, intra vitreal, otic or topical routes.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be administered in application forms suitable for these administration routes.
  • Suitable for oral administration are application forms which function according to the prior art and deliver the compounds according to the invention rapidly and/or in modified fashion, and which contain the compounds according to the invention in crystalline, amorphous and/or dissolved form, such as, for example, tablets (uncoated or coated tablets, for example having enteric coatings or coatings which are insoluble or dissolve with a delay and control the release of the compound according to the invention), tablets which disintegrate rapidly in the mouth, or films/wafers, films/lyophilisates, capsules (e.g., hard or soft gelatin capsules), sugar-coated tablets, granules, pellets, powders, emulsions, suspensions, aerosols or solutions.
  • tablets uncoated or coated tablets, for example having enteric coatings or coatings which are insoluble or dissolve with a delay and control the release of the compound according to the invention
  • tablets which disintegrate rapidly in the mouth or films/wafers, films/lyophilisates
  • capsules e.g., hard or
  • Parenteral administration can take place with avoidance of an absorption step (e.g., intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intraspinal or intralumbar) or with inclusion of an absorption (e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracutaneous, percutaneous or intraperitoneal).
  • absorption step e.g., intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intraspinal or intralumbar
  • absorption e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracutaneous, percutaneous or intraperitoneal.
  • Application forms suitable for parenteral administration are, inter ah, preparations for injection and infusion in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lyophilisates or sterile powders.
  • Forms suitable for other administration routes include, for example, pharmaceutical forms for inhalation (e.g., powder inhalers, nebulizers), nasal drops, solutions or sprays, tablets or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration (e.g., troches, lozenges), suppositories, ear and eye preparations (e.g., drops, ointments), vaginal capsules, aqueous suspensions (lotions, shaking mixtures), lipophilic suspensions, ointments, creams, milk, pastes, foams, dusting powders, and trans- dermal therapeutic systems (e.g., patches).
  • pharmaceutical forms for inhalation e.g., powder inhalers, nebulizers
  • nasal drops, solutions or sprays e.g., tablets or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration
  • tablets or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration e.g., troches, lozenges
  • suppositories e.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be converted into the recited application forms in a manner known per se by mixing with inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients.
  • excipients include, inter ah, carriers (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol), solvents (e.g., liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate), surfactants (e.g., polyoxysorbitan oleate), dispersants (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone), synthetic and natural polymers (e.g., albumin), stabilizers (e.g., antioxidants such as, for example, ascorbic acid), colorants (e.g., inorganic pigments such as, for example, iron oxides), and taste and/or odour masking agents.
  • carriers e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol
  • parenteral administration amounts of about 0.001 to 1 mg/kg, preferably about 0,01 to 0.5 mg/kg, of body weight to achieve effective results.
  • an exemplary dose range is about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably about 0.1 to 10 mg/kg of body weight.
  • actual dosage levels and time course of administration of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
  • the preferred route for administering the compounds of the invention is topically at the eye or by an ocular drug delivery system.
  • Intraocular injections are another way to administer the compounds of the present invention that is suitable for such purposes. Delivery to areas within the eye can be accomplished by injection, employing a cannula or another invasive device designed to introduce precisely metered amounts of a desired formulation to a particular compartment or tissue within the eye (e.g., posterior chamber or retina).
  • An intraocular injection may be into the vitreous (intravitreal), under the conjunctiva (subconjunctival), behind the eye (retrobulbar), into the sclera, or under the Capsule of Tenon (sub-Tenon), and may be in a depot form.
  • Other intraocular routes of administration and injection sites and forms are also contemplated and are within the scope of the invention.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be formulated in a manner known to those skilled in the art so as to give adequate delivery to the back of the eye, which may be by regular dosing, such as with eye drops, or by using a delivery system to give a controlled release, such as slow release, of the compounds according to the invention.
  • Preferred ocular formulations for the compounds of the present invention include aqueous solutions, suspensions or gels o these compounds in the form of drops of liquid, liquid washes, sprays, ointments or gels, in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture and use of such appli- cation forms.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be applied to the eye via liposomes or other ocular delivery systems that are known in the art.
  • Appropriate dosage levels may be determined by any suitable method known to one skilled in the art of treating eye diseases.
  • the active substance is administered at a frequency of 1 to 4 times per day for topical administration, or less often if a drug delivery system is used.
  • an ocular formulation intended for topical application contains the active ingredient in a concentration range of about 0.001% to 10%.
  • Celite ® registered trademark of C elite Corp. brand of diatomaceous earth cone. concentrated
  • a 5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazine A (about 0.5 mmol), arylboronic acid B (1.2 equivalents) or a corresponding boronic ester, e.g., a dimethyl boronate or pinacolato boronate, and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (0.1 equivalents) are dissolved in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (about
  • Arylbromide D (about 0.5 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) in a microwave reactor vessel, argon is bubbled through the solution for 5 min, and [l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro- palladium(II)-dichloromethane complex (0.1 equivalents), potassium acetate (3 equivalents) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equivalents) are added.
  • the vessel is crimp-capped, and the mixture is heated to 130°C for 60 min in a single-mode microwave device.
  • the suspension is filtered, the filtrate is transferred to another microwave process vial, and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (0.1 equivalents), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (4 equivalents) and the 5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazine A (1 equivalent) are added.
  • the vial is crimp-capped, and the mixture is heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device.
  • the crude reaction mixture thus obtained is directly injected onto a preparative HPLC column for separation and purification of the target compound C.
  • the vessel was then vented with argon, pyrrolidine (15 mL) and 2-propyn-l-ol (2.63 g, 47 mmol, 10 eq.) were added, and the vessel was crimp-capped and heated to 85°C for 120 min in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into 120 mL of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution which was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, ethyl acetate). The resulting product (222 mg) appeared pure by LC-MS (method 6) and was used for further transformations.
  • the vessel was then vented with argon, pyrrolidine (15 mL) and 3-butyn-l -ol (3.36 g, 47 mmol, 10 eq.) were added, and the vessel was crimp-capped and heated to 85°C for 120 min in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into 120 ml of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, and the residue was puri fied by flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, ethyl acetate). The resulting product (735 mg) was sufficiently pure (66% by 1 [ LC ) for further transformations.
  • pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate A). Pyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (20.5 g, 152 mmol) was dissolved in 150 l DMF. Under ice cooling, phosphoryl chloride (31.3 ml.. 336 mmol) was added dropwise at such a rate that the internal temperature did not rise above 30°C. The mixture was then heated for 2 days at 50°C. After cooling, another portion of phosphoryl chloride (14.2 ml ..
  • a Gri uard reagent was prepared from magnesium turnings (484 mg, 19.9 mmol) and 4-chlorotetrahydropyrane (2.4 g, 19.9 mmol) in dry THF (14 mL). To this solution was added at 0°C a suspension of Intermediate 16A (1.2 g, 3.98 mmol) in THF (20 mL), and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 1 h at room temperature.
  • the compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Inter- mediate O).
  • the starting material teri-butyl 4-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 - carboxylate was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Example 1, step 3). This compound (400 mg, 1.01 mmol) was then reacted with 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (184 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1.2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 326 mg (76% of th.) of the title compound.
  • the title compound was obtained by separation of the racemic compound from Intermediate 54 A (40 mg) using preparative chiral HPLC [column: chiral silica gel phase based on the selector poly(A L methacryloyl-L-leucine-ter -butylamide), 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: ethyl acetate/isohexane 4: 1 ; flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection: 260 nm]. Yield: 20 mg (R-isomer).
  • the enantiomerically pure S-isomer was obtained by separation of the racemic compound from Iiitennediate 54A (40 mg) using preparative chiral HPLC as described for Iiitennediate 55A. Yield: 19 mg (S-isomer).
  • Thc title compound was synthesized and purified in analogy to Intermediate 57A using (4-bromo- 2-ethyl-6-fluorophenyl)methanol (2.00 g, 8.58 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.29 g, 9.01 mmol), 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(n) chloride (280 mg, 0.34 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.26 g, 12.87 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL). Yield: 2.16 g (90% of th.) as yellow crystals. !
  • teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate 120 mg, 0.31 mmol was dissolved in acetonitrile (2.2 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon, intermediate 57A (100 mg, 0.38 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (36 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device.
  • teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine- 1 - carboxylate was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170- A2 (Intermediate I), teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (11 1 mg, 0.29 mmol), Intermediate 58A (98 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
  • the starting material 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B). Under an argon atmosphere, 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (426 mg, 2 mmol) and 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-l -en-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (420 mg, 2.5 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) and aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 M, 4 mL).
  • reaction mixture was degassed, and 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium(II) chloride (73 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. After stirring at 90°C overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), water (10 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
  • Thc title compound was obtained from Intermediate 17A (125 mg, 0.44 mmol) and Intermediate 2A (1 14 mg, 0.53 mmol) by general synthetic method 1.
  • the crude product was puri tied by preparative I I L (method 3). Yield: 73 mg (48% of th.).
  • Example 7 ira «s-4- ⁇ 4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyi]pyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl ⁇ - cyclohexanol
  • Example 1 (4- ⁇ 4-Amino-7-[(3R)-piperidin-3-yl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl ⁇ -2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol
  • Thc title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 36A (55 mg, 0.18 mmol) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (32 mg, 0.21 mmol). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 29 mg (49% of th.).
  • the resulting precipitate was collected and puri iied by preparative HPLC (method 2).
  • the product thus obtained (15 mg) was subsequently treated with a 20% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 mL) for 20 min.
  • the volatiles were removed by distillation, and the residue was treated with cone, aqueous sodium carbonate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give the title compound (10 mg, 13% of th.) as a colorless solid.
  • Example 35 e «/- ⁇ 4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,l -fJ[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl ⁇ methanol (enantiomer 1)
  • Example 36 e « - ⁇ 4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyTO
  • Example 42 e «i-4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyphenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl ⁇ (cyclo- propyl)methanol (enantiomer 2)
  • HMVEC human microvascular endothelial cell(s)
  • HUVEC human vascular endothelial cell(s)
  • Demonstration of the activity of the compounds of the present invention may be accomplished through in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo assays that are well known in the art. For example, to demonstrate the activity of the compounds of the present invention, the following assays may be used.
  • Test compounds diluted in DMSO are mixed with a suitable substrate / co-substrate (here: bio- tinylated a-casein and 3 P-ATP) in a corresponding assay buffer.
  • a suitable substrate / co-substrate here: bio- tinylated a-casein and 3 P-ATP
  • Addition of the enzyme of interest here: ALKl kinase
  • the enzyme-catalyzed incorporation of radio label into the substrate is measured via scintillation.
  • Incorporated radio label is separated from free radio label via specific binding of the biotinylated substrate to strepavidin-coated microliter plates (flashplates) and concomitant washing steps.
  • the scintillation signal intensity (counts per minutes, cpm) is proportional to the enzyme activity. Enzyme inhibition results in a decreased signal intensity.
  • IC50 values of the test compounds are determined by cpm-versus-[I] plots.
  • Reaction buffer contains 50 mM Tris pi I 8.0 (Sigma), 1 mM MnCi 2 (Sigma), 0.01% Nonidet P40 (Fluka), 0.5 x Complete EDTA-free protease inhibitors (Roche; contains a mixture of several pro- tease inhibitors for the inhibition of serine and cysteine (but not metallo-) proteases; I tablet contains protease inhibitors sufficient for a 50 ml cell extract; the concentration used in this assay corresponds to 1 tablet in 100 ml).
  • Stop solution Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria), 25 mM EDTA (Sigma), 25 ⁇ ATP (Roche), 0.05% Triton X- 1 00 (Sigma); 2. ) Saturation buffer: Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria), 100 ⁇ ATP (Roche), 0.2%
  • Wash buffer Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria).
  • ALK1 (Invitrogen, Paisley, United Kingdom) stock solution (35.7 ng/ ⁇ ) is diluted to 4 ng/ ⁇ ; final concentration in the reaction is 1 ng/ ⁇ .
  • Dephosphorylated a-casein (Sigma) is biotinylated according to the manufacturer's protocol (Pierce, Bonn, Germany) resulting in a stock solution of 61.6 ⁇ . Briefly, EZ-Link ® Sulfo-NHS- Biotin reagent (sulfosuccinimidyl-6-(biotinamido)hexanoate; Pierce, Bonn. Germany) is added in equal molarity to a-casein and incubated on ice for 2 h. Afterwards, the biotin reagent is removed by dialysis (2 x 2 h and overnight).
  • a 100 mM solution of cold (unlabelled) ATP (Roche) is diluted 1 : 100 before each test.
  • ⁇ -casein is diluted to 2.22 ⁇ resulting in a final concentration of 1 ⁇ ⁇ -casein in the reaction.
  • cold ATP is added to give a I .
  • I I ⁇ solution which results in a final concentration of 500 nM in the reaction.
  • the stock solution (9.25 MBq/25 ⁇ of 33 P-ATP; Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany) is diluted to 651.2 Bq/ ⁇ . This corresponds to a final concentration of 162.8 Bq/ ⁇ .
  • a volume of 9 ⁇ substrate solution is provided into each well of a 384 well microtiter plate (Greiner Bio-One, Solingen, Germany). 1 ⁇ compound solution and 5 ⁇ of the radioactive ATP solution are added. Enzyme reaction starts with addition of 5 ⁇ of enzyme solution. The mixture is incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature and then stopped by addition of 10 ⁇ stop solution. The 384 well microtiter fiashplates (Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany) are saturated with 50 ⁇ saturation buffer per well for at least 60 minutes. Subsequently, a volume of 20 ⁇ is discarded and replaced with 20 ⁇ of the stopped A I K I reaction mixture.
  • Binding of biotinylated substrate to the flashplate is allowed for by overnight incubation at room temperature. Bound substrate is separated from unbound components through repeated washing steps (3 x 50 ⁇ washing bu fer per well). Finally, 50 ⁇ washing buffer is added, and the scintillation signal (cpm) is measured in a suitable counter (Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany).
  • ALKl (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA, USA) kinase activity was measured at ProQinase GmbH ( Freiburg. Germany) in a radiometric assay using ⁇ - 33 ⁇ - ⁇ and casein (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA) as substrate in 96-weli PerkinElmer FlashPlatesTM (Boston, MA, USA).
  • the compounds were tested at 10 concentrations in the range of 1 x 10 "4 M to 3 x 10 "9 M in a total volume of 50 ⁇ with a final
  • DMSO concentration of 1 % each.
  • the assay components were mixed in the order: 20 ⁇ assay buffer (70 mM HEPES-NaOH, pi I 7.5. 3 mM MgCl 2 , 3 mM MnCl3 ⁇ 4 2 ⁇ sodium orthovanadate, 1.2 mM DTT); - 5 ⁇ ! ⁇ - 33 ⁇ - ⁇ (1.0 ⁇ in water, approx. 6 x 10 5 cpm per well); 5 ⁇ ! test compound solution (in 10% DMSO);
  • ALK1 receptors Activation of ALK1 receptors by B induces the Smadl/5 signalling pathway and enhances expression of target genes Smad6, Smad7 and Id- 1 .
  • HMVECadult Human microvascular endothelial cells (HMVECadult, Cell Systems, St. atharinen) were seeded in complete ENGS MV medium with all supplements (Lifeline Cell Technology) in 96 well plates with 10 000 cells per well. After 4 h incubation at 37°C and 7.5% CO 2 in a humidified incubator, medium was replaced with minimal medium (ENGS MV without supplements containing 0.02% FCS). After 16 h, test compounds or medium (controls) were added to the cultures, followed 30 min later by addition of liBMP9 (R&D Systems). Medium was removed 1 to 4 h later, plates were gently washed with phosphate-buffered saline, and cells were lysed with 150 ⁇ per well of ice-cold RLT buffer (Qiagen).
  • RNA from each sample was first reverse-transcribed using the ImProm-II Reverse Transcription System (Promega, USA) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The final volume was adjusted to 200 ⁇ with water.
  • hSmad7 For relative quantitation of selected mRNA, the Applied Bioscience ABI 7900HT Sequence Detection System was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols. PGR reactions were set up to quantitate liSmad7- and the housekeeping gene L32-mRNA. Forward and reverse primers and probes for hSmad7 and L32 were designed using the Applied Bioscience ABI Primer ExpressTM software and were synthesized by Eurogentec (Belgium). The hSmad7 forward primer sequence was: Primer 1 (SEQ ID NO 1). The hSmad7 reverse primer sequence was: Primer 2 (SEQ ID NO 2).
  • Probe 1 (SEQ I D NO 3), labelled with FAM as the reporter dye and TAMRA as the quencher, was used as a probe for hSmad7.
  • the L32 forward primer sequence was: Primer 3 (SEQ ID NO 4).
  • the L32 reverse primer sequence was: Primer 4 (SEQ ID NO 5).
  • Probe 2 (SEQ ID NO 6), labelled with FAM as the reporter dye and TAMRA as the quencher, was used as a probe for 1. .
  • SEQ ID NO 6 1.32 probe 2 CCCAGAGGCATTGACAACAGGG
  • the following reagents were prepared in a total of 20 ⁇ added per well: 1 x qPCR-MasterMix (Eurogentec, Belgium) and hSmad7 forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM hSmad7 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe 1 (SEQ ID NO 3), and 5 ⁇ of template cDNA.
  • a second mix in a total of 20 ⁇ was prepared using 1.32 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe 2 (SEQ ID NO 6) and 1.32 forward and reverse primers added per well in parallel samples.
  • the Ct (cycle threshold) values were calculated from the turning point of PGR product quantity curves by the AACt method (delta-delta Ct):
  • Bone morphogenetic protein 9 (BMP9) induces Smad7 mRNA expression in human vascular endothelial cells (HUVEC) via activation of ALK1.
  • Test compounds were added at 11 different concentrations between 0 and 10 000 iiM one hour prior to stimulation of the cells for 3 h with recombinant human BMP9 protein at 1 ng/ml (dissolved in 4 niM hydrochloric acid, 0.1% BSA at 10 ng/ml; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA, 3209BP). Medium was removed, and the cells were lysed in 100 ⁇ RLT buffer (Qiagen, 1 li!den. Germany). RNA was isolated using the Qiagen RNeasy 96 Kit (order-No. 74182) according to manufacturer's instructions and eluted from the columns with 65 ⁇ RNAse-free water.
  • Reverse transcription for quantitative RT-PCR was carried out with the Omniscript Kit (Qiagen, 205113) in RNAse-free 96-well round- bottom plates. Per well, 6.8 ⁇ of a reaction master mix containing 2 ⁇ l Ox RT -buffer, 2 ⁇ dNTPs (5 niM each), 1.6 ⁇ random primer N6 (125 ⁇ ), 0.25 ⁇ Rnase Out (40 U/ ⁇ ) and 1 ⁇ Omniscript Reverse Transcriptase were added. After addition of 13.2 ⁇ of the RNA/water mixture, plate contents were mixed, incubated for 1 h at 37°C and the total volume adjusted to 100 ⁇ in each well by addition of 80 ⁇ RNAse-free water.
  • the quantification of human Smad7 mRNA was carried out on a TaqMan using the Eurogentec qPCR Mastermix Pius (RT-QP2X-03-075+: Cologne, Germany) and employing human L32 as housekeeping reterence mRNA.
  • Per qPCR reaction 2.8 ⁇ primer mix, 10 ⁇ master mix, 2.2 ⁇ water and 5 ⁇ cDNA were added.
  • Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
  • Smad7 mRNA levels induced by 1 ng/ml BMP9 without the addition of any inhibitor were set at 100% induction, and % inhibition was calculated for each test compound with this value. For each test compound, every value was determined in quadruplicate. The IC50 values were determined using Microsoft Excel. The fitting method used was a weighted, unconstrained ML- tit.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to novel 5-[(hydroxymethyl)aryl] -substituted pyrrolo[2, 1-f][1, 2, 4] triazin-4-amines of formula (I), to processes for the preparation of such compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and to the use of such compounds or compositions for treating angiogenesis-related disorders, in particular angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.

Description

HYDROXYMETHYLARYL - SUBSTITUTED PYRROLOTRIAZINES AS ALK1 INHIBITORS
This invention relates to novel 5 - [(hydroxymethyl)aryl] -substituted pyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4- amines, to processes for the preparation of such compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and to the use of such compounds or compositions for treating angio- genesis-related disorders, in particular angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.
The term angiogenesis, also called neovasculansation, signifies the process of forming new blood vessels. It is involved in normal development as well as in numerous pathological states including, for example, cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, wound healing following injury to a tissue, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, and diseases of the eye. Various ocular disorders which are responsible for the majority of visual morbidities and blindness in the developed countries are characterized by, caused by and/or result in choroidal, retinal or iris neovascularisation or retinal edema [Campochiaro (2004), Exp. Opin. Biol. Ther. 4: 1395-1402].
For example, retinopathy associated with diabetes is a leading cause of blindness in type 1 diabetes, and is also common in type 2 diabetes. Another ocular disorder involving neovascularisation is age-related macular degeneration (AMD). AMD is the most common cause of vision loss in the western world in those 50 or older, and its prevalence increases with age. AMD is classified as either wet (neovascular) or dry (non-neovascular). The wet form of the disease is responsible for the most severe loss of vision.
Several other less common, but nonetheless debilitating retinopathies include choroidal neovas- cular membrane (CNVM), cystoid macular edema (CME, also referred to as macular edema or macular swelling), epi-retinal membrane (ERM, macular pucker), and macular hole. In CNVM, abnormal blood vessels stemming from the choroid grow up through the retinal layers. The fragile new vessels break easily, causing blood and fluid to pool within the layers o the retina. In CME, which can occur as a result of disease, injury or surgery, fluid collects within the layers of the macula, causing blurred, distorted central vision. ERM (macular pucker) is a cellophane-like membrane that forms over the macula, affecting the central vision by causing blur and distortion.
Also related are disorders like hypertrophic and atrophic changes of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE), retinal detachment, choroidal vein occlusion, retinal vein occlusion, corneal angiogenesis following, for example, keratitis, cornea transplantation or keratoplasty, corneal angiogenesis due to hypoxia (e.g., as a result of extensive contact lens wearing), pterygium conjunctivae, subretinal edema, and intraretinal edema. Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) has been found to be an important modulator o angiogenesis and has been implicated in the pathology of a number of conditions including AMD and diabetic retinopathy. Furthermore, for AMD it was shown that intravitreal injection of an anti-
VEGF inhibitor like pegaptanib, ranibizumab or atlibercept reduces choroidal angiogenesis and vascular leakage [Gragoudas (2004), N. Engl. J. Med. 351 : 2805-2816; Rosenfeld (2006), N. Engl. J. Med. 355: 1419-1431 ; Dixon (2009), Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs 18: 1573-1580].
The current standard of care for AMD is lucentis (ranibizumab), an anti-VEGF therapy. However, only 1/3 of all AMD patients treated with lucentis show improvement in vision [Rosenfeld (2006), N. Engl. J. Med. 355: 1419-1431 ]. Therefore new anti-angiogenic therapeutic options with a VEGF -independent mode of action have the potential to improve the current standard of care in ocular diseases like diabetic retinopathy and AMD.
ALKl (activin receptor-like kinase- 1) is a Ser/Thr kinase receptor of the TGF|i receptor family preferentially expressed in endothelial cells and involved in angiogenesis. Members of this family mediate their biological activity by ligand binding to a heterotetrameric receptor complex of type I and type II serine/threonine kinase receptors ΤβΚΙ and TjlRII and accessory type III receptors. TGFp as well as the high-affinity ligands BMP9 and BMP 10 can activate ALKl in receptor complexes with BMPRII or ActRII and type III receptor endoglin [Scharpfenecker (2007), J. Cell Sci. 120: 964-972]. Binding of BMP9 to ALKl in microvascular endothelial cells activates the Smadl/5/8 pathway [David (2007), Blood 109 (5): 1953-1961 ]. It was postulated that BMP9 inhibits endothelial cell migration and growth. Most studies, however, find that ALKl receptor activation promotes endothelial cell migration, proliferation, and tube formation [Goumans (2002), EMBO Journal 21 (7): 1743-1753; Wu (2006), Microvasc. Res. 71 : 12-19].
BMP9 and BMP 10 activate ALKl receptor complexes. In endothelial cells, TGFp can also activate ALKl while in most cell types TGFp signals through Λ1.Κ5. ALK5 activation leads to phos- phorylation of Smad2/3 while ALKl activation results in phosphorylation of Smadl/5. Each Smad signalling pathway finally results in regulation of specific sets of target genes: Smad2/3 signalling induces expression of ΡΛ Ι- Ι and repression of Id- 1 . while Smadl/5 signalling induces Smad6, Smad7 and Id- 1 expression and reduces PAI-1 expression [Deng (2006), J. Cell Biol. 134: 1563- 1571 ; Ota (2002), J. Cell Physiol. 193 : 299-318]. Type III receptor endoglin plays a role in fine-tuning of ALKl and ALK5 pathways especially in endothelial cells, regulating ligand receptor interactions [ten Dijke (2008), Angiogenesis 1 1 : 79- 89]. Endoglin facilitates TGFp/ALK 1 -interaction but reduces T F β/Λ I - i n t erac t i o n [David (2007), Blood 109: 1953-1961]. Mutations in endoglin and in ALKl are linked to the autosomal dominant disorder called hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia 1111 IT 1 and I II IT2. respectively) with characteristics of angiogenic disturbances like arterial venous malformations and telangiectases [Fernandez-Lopez (2006), Clin. Med. & Res. 4: 66-78]. RIPl -Tag2 mice with only one functional copy of the ALKl gene (ALK1' ~) show retarded tumor progression and lower microvessel density compared to ALK l "1 mice. Similar observations were made with the soluble Al K l -Fc receptor construct RAP- 041, that inhibited tumor angiogenesis in vivo and limited tumor growth [Cunha (2010), J. Exp. Med. 207: 85-100].
The discovery of potent and selective ALKl inhibitors is therefore highly desirable to further elucidate the role of ALK l in blood vessel physiology and pathology, and to derive potential therapeutic options for diseases associated with angiogenesis and vascular remodelling.
In WO 2007/147647-A1 , certain 3 -aryl-substituted pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives were described to be the first small molecule A LK l kinase inhibitors published until then. These compounds were said to be useful for the treatment of diseases of dysregulated vascular growth, in particular of solid tumors and metastases thereof and also of angiogenesis-dependent diseases of the eye such as age-related macular degeneration.
Various pyrrolo[2,l -f][l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine derivatives with distinctive inhibition profiles against a range of protein kinases have been disclosed in, inter alia, WO 00/71 129-A1 , WO 2005/121147- Al, WO 2007/056170-A2, WO 2007/061882-A2, WO 2007/064883-A2, WO 2007/064931 -A2, WO 2007/079164-A2, WO 2008/089105-A2, WO 2009/136966-A1, and WO 2010/126960-A1. Generally, these compounds were stated to be useful for the treatment of proliferative and/or angiogenesis-related disorders such as cancer. None of these publications, however, refer to ALKl as a potential target kinase.
Surprisingly, it has now been found that pyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine derivatives having a hydroxymethylaryl substituent in 5-position exhibit potent and selective inhibition of ALKl kinase which renders these compounds particularly useful for the treatment of angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.
Thus, in one aspect, the present invention relates to 5-[(hydroxymethyl)aryl]-substituted pyrrolo- [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amines of the general formula (I) wherein
A is N or C'-R\ wherein
R represents hydrogen, fluoro or chloro, R! represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy, and
Z represents (Ci-C- -alkyl or (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R3 represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R3 is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom, or Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R4 represents hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl, or
Z represents a group of the formula
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety,
R5 represents (C3 -C6)-cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl,
R" represents hydrogen or hydroxy,
R represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom, and
Y is 0, NH or CH3.
The compounds according to this invention can also be present in the form of their salts, solvates and/or solvates of the salts.
Compounds according to the invention are the compounds of the formula (I) and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, the compounds included in the formula (I) of the formulae mentioned in the following and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, and the compounds included in the formula (I) and mentioned in the following as embodiment examples and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, where the compounds included in the formula (I) and mentioned in the following are not already salts, solvates and solvates of the salts. Salts for the purposes of the present invention are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention (for example, see S. M. Berge et ah, "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 1 77. 66, 1-19). Salts which are not themselves suitable for pharmaceutical uses but can be used, for example, for isolation or purification of the compounds according to the invention are also included. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, for example salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid. Solvates in the context of the invention are designated as those forms of the compounds according to the invention which form a complex in the solid or liquid state by stoichiometric coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are a specific form of solvates, in which the coordination takes place with water. Hydrates are preferred solvates in the context of the present invention.
The compounds of this invention may, either by nature of asymmetric centers or by restricted rotation, be present in the form of isomers (enantiomers, diastereomers). Any isomer may be present in which the asymmetric center is in the (i?)-, (S)-, or (R,5)-configuration.
It will also be appreciated that when two or more asymmetric centers are present in the compounds of the invention, several diastereomers and enantiomers of the exemplified structures will often be possible, and that pure diastereomers and pure enantiomers represent preferred embodiments. It is intended that pure stereoisomers, pure diastereomers, pure enantiomers, and mixtures thereof, are within the scope of the invention.
Geometric isomers by nature of substituents about a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (= Z-) or trans (= E-) form, and both isomeric forms are encompassed within the scope of this invention. All isomers, whether separated, pure, partially pure, or in racemic mixture, of the compounds of this invention are encompassed within the scope of this invention. The purification of said isomers and the separation of said isomeric mixtures may be accomplished by standard techniques known in the art. For example, diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into the individual isomers by chromatographic processes or crystallization, and racemates can be separated into the respective enantiomers either by chromatographic processes on chiral phases or by resolution.
In addition, all possible tautomeric forms of the compounds described above are included according to the present invention.
Unless otherwise stated, the following definitions apply for the substituents and residues used throughout this specification and claims:
((" ;-(".> l-alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, teri-butyl.
(C3-C6)-cycloalkyl represents a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon radical having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyi.
Throughout this document, for the sake of simplicity, the use of singular language is given preference over plural language, but is generally meant to include the plural language if not other- wise stated. E.g., the expression "A method of treating a disease in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of formula (I)" is meant to include the simultaneous treatment of more than one disease as well as the administration of more than one compound of formula (I).
In a preferred embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
A is C-R2, wherein
R - represents hydrogen or fluoro,
R! represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy, and
Z represents «-propyl, n-butyl or cyclohexyi each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or
Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, or
Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
Figure imgf000010_0002
R
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl,
or
Z represents a group of the formula
Figure imgf000010_0003
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety,
R5 represents cyclopropyl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl,
R" represents hydroxy,
and
Y is O. In a particularly prcterrcti embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
A is C-R2, wherein
R2 represents hydrogen or fluoro,
R! represents hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy,
and
Z represents 4-hydroxybutyl or 4-hydroxycyclohexyl,
or
Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety,
or
Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety,
and
R4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl,
or
Z represents a group of the formula CH
\ wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R5 represents cyclopropyl. In a distinct embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
A is C-R2, wherein
R2 represents hydrogen or fluoro.
In a further distinct embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (I), wherein
A is C-R2, wherein
R' represents fluoro, and
R! represents fluoro. The definitions of residues indicated specifically in the respective combinations or preferred combinations of residues are also replaced as desired by definitions of residues of other combinations, irrespective of the particular combinations indicated for the residues. Combinations of two or more of the abovementioned preferred ranges are particularly preferred.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a process for preparing the compounds of general formula (I), characterized in that a bromopyrrolotriazine of formula (II)
Figure imgf000012_0001
(II), wherein Z has the meaning described above, is either coupled with an arylboronic acid or ester of formula (III)
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein A and R! have the meanings described above, and
R represents hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl, or both R residues are linked together to form a -(CH2)2-, -C(CH3)2-C(CH3)2-, -(CH2)3- or -CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2- bridge, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a base to yield the target compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein A, Z and R! have the meanings described above, or
[B] first converted into the corresponding boronic acid or ester derivative of formula (IV)
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein Z has the meaning described above, and represents hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl, or both R" residues are linked together to form a -(CH2)2-, -C(CH3)2-C(CH3)2-, -(CH2)3- or -CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2- bridge, is then coupled with an aryl bromide of formula (V)
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein A and R! have the meanings described above, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a base to also give the target compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000014_0003
wherein A, Z and R! have the meanings described above, optionally followed, where appropriate, by (z) separating the compounds of formula (I) into their respective enantiomers and/or diastereomers, preferably using chromatographic methods, and/or
(;"/) converting the compounds of formula (I) into their respective hydrates, solvates, salts and/or hydrates or solvates of the salts by treatment with the corresponding solvents and/or acids. As outlined above, compounds of formula (I) can be synthesized by a coupling reaction ("Suzuki coupling") between the bromopyrrolotriazine (II) and an aryl boronate or boronic acid (III), This coupling is generally carried out at elevated temperature using a palladium catalyst, a base and an inert solvent. An overview of catalysts and reaction conditions can be found in the literature [see, for instance, S. otha et al, Tetrahedron 2002, 58, 9633-9695; T. E. Harder et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 4685-4696]. The preferred catalyst in this reaction is tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O). The preferred base is sodium carbonate employed as an aqueous solution. The reaction is carried out in organic solvents that are inert under the reaction conditions, such as 1,4- dioxane, acetonitrile, N.N-dimethylformamide (DMF) or dimethylsuifoxide (DMSO), or in water or in mixtures of these solvents. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water or acetonitrile and water. The reaction is generally performed at temperatures between +100°C and +250°C, preferably at +120°C to +150°C. Heating is preferably effected by a single- mode microwave device. The reactions are usually run under an inert gas atmosphere, preferably under argon.
An inverse reactivity of the reaction partners for the Suzuki coupling may sometimes be favorable. For this purpose, the bromopyrrolotriazine (II) is first converted into the corresponding boronate (IV) and then cross-coupled with an aryl bromide (V) according to one of the methods described above. The conversion of (II) to (IV) is achieved by a metal-mediated borylation reaction. The preferred method is the palladium-catalyzed "Miyaura borylation" [see, for instance, J. Takagi et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 8001-8006; T. Ishiyama et al, J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 7508- 7510; A. L. S. Thompson et al, Synthesis 2005, 547-550]. Procedures, reagents and solvents for the cross-coupling reaction (IV) + (V) - (I) are chosen fr m those mentioned in the previous section.
Arylboronic acids (III) [R8 = H] and aryl boronates (III) [R8 = alkyl, or both R8 are linked together to form a cyclic boronic ester, e.g., a pinacolato ester] are either commercially available, or they can be conveniently prepared from the corresponding aryl halides or aryl triflates using a metal- mediated borylation reaction (for references, see previous section). Borylation and subsequent Suzuki coupling may be carried out in two separate steps including isolation and purification of intermediate (III). Alternatively, borylation and cross-coupling may be carried out as a one -pot procedure using (III) directly without isolation and purification. In cases where a primary or secondary amine moiety forms part of the Z group in the target c mpounds of formula (I), it may often he beneficial in the borylation and coupling reactions described above to use a protected derivative o this amine as the starting pyrrolotriazine (II) instead of the free amine compound. For this purpose, conventional temporary amino-protecting groups, such as acyl groups (e.g., acetyl or trifluoroacetyl) or carbamate-type protecting groups (e.g., a Boc-, ( Ivor Fmoc-group), may be employed. Preferably, a trifluoroacetyl or a Boc group is used. Similarly, the hydroxy function in the coupling components (III) and (V), respectively, may temporarily be blocked during the process, preferably as a silyl ether derivative such as a trimethylsilyl or tert- butyldimethylsilyl ether.
These protecting groups may then be cleaved off concomitantly during the aqueous w ork-up of the coupling reaction mixtures, or they are removed in a subsequent, separate reaction step using standard methods known in the art. The preparation of the protected intermediates described above from the corresponding free amines or alcohols of formula (II), (III) and (V), respectively, or from other precursor compounds (see section below) is also readily accomplished following general procedures described in the literature [see, for example, T. W. Greene and P. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York, 1999].
The preparation of the compounds of the invention may he illustrated by means of the following synthesis scheme:
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000017_0001
The synthetic methodologies that may be used to prepare the bromopyrrolotriazines of formula (II) can be structured according to the chemotype of the Z group present in (II). Examples illustrating these various routes are given below (see synthesis schemes 2-6). More detailed procedures are provided in the Experimental Section describing specific intermediate and example compounds of the invention.
For example, compounds of formula (II) containing an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl residue as the Z group can be obtained by employing a coupling reaction between the bromopyrrolotriazine (VI) and a terminal alkyne of formula (VII) as the key step (scheme 2). This type of reaction ("Sono- gashira reaction") is usually performed in the presence of a palladium-copper catalyst system and a base. Several examples of this reaction have been described in the literature [see, for instance, R. Chinchilla and C. Najera, Chem. Rev. 2007. 107, 874-922]. In the present invention, the preferred copper source is copper(I) iodide, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) is used as palladium catalyst, and pyrrolidine serves both as base and solvent. The coupling reaction is advantageously carried out under concurrent microwave irradiation. Thc resulting alkyne (VIII) is then subjected to catalytic hydrogenation employing a customary palladium or platinum catalyst. Preferably, platinum(IV) oxide is used as the catalyst, and the reaction is run in acetic acid as the solvent. In some cases, a mixture of products (IX) and (X) is obtained by this procedure which, in any event, can be separated easily by chromatographic methods. A subsequent bromination reaction, preferably using 1 , 3 -dibrom o -5 , 5 -dimethy lhydantoin as the bromine source, in an inert solvent such as Tl IF or DMF yields the target pyrrolotriazines (Ila) and (lib), respectively.
The preparation of the starting compound 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (VI) has been described previously [see WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B)]. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000018_0001
bromination bromination
Figure imgf000018_0002
[m = O or 1 , n = 1 or 2]. B r o m o py rro ! ot ri a z i ne precursors of type (lie) (scheme 3) can be prepared by metalation of compound (VI) with a metal such as magnesium or lithium or by halogen-metal exchange using an organo-magnesium or organo-lithium reagent. The preferred metal is magnesium which is introduced into (VI) by treatment with isopropylmagnesium bromide in a solvent such as THF or diethyl ether. The intermediate organo-metal species is then reacted with a cycloalkanone or heterocycloalkanone (XI) [R. R' are linked together to form a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring] to give the tertiary alcohol (Xlla).
A complementary route leading to secondary alcohols of formula (Xllb) utilizes a Vilsmeier for- mylation reaction whereby aminopyrrolotriazine (XIII) is transformed into the aldehyde (XIV) (scheme 3). Side chain introduction is accomplished by subsequent addition of an appropriate Grignard reagent (XV) [R" = alkyl or cycloalkyl] in a solvent such as TI IF or diethyl ether. Finally, bromination of compounds (Xlla) and (Xllb), preferably using 1 ,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydan- toin, in an inert solvent such as THF or DMF provides the target pyrrolotriazines (lie) and (lid), respectively. The preparation of the starting compound pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (XIII) has been described previously [see WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate A)].
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000020_0001
R" (lid) R" (Xllb)
Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing an unsubstituted cycloalkyl or carbon- bonded aza-heterocyclyl group can be prepared by dehydration of a tertiary alcohol of formula (XII c) to the unsaturated carbo- or heterocycle of formula (XVI), employing customary agents such as trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride, phosphorus (V) oxide, sulfuric acid or other strong acids (scheme 4). Subsequent catalytic hydrogenation using a conventional catalyst such as palladium on charcoal yields the saturated analog of formula (XVII). The hydrogenation step is preferably carried out in a solvent like methanol, ethanol or Tl IF which contains a small amount of aqueous trifluoroacetic acid. Finally, bromination with 1 ,3-dibromo- 5,5-dimethylhydantoin, as described above, provides the target pyrrolotriazine (He). Thc alcohol precursors (XIIc) themselves are readily accessible by the synthetic route depicted in scheme 3 [cf. preparation of compound (Xlla)].
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000021_0001
[D - e.g. CH2 or N-Boc; n = 1 or 2], Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing a l ,3-thiazol-4-yl group can be prepared by meialation of compound (VI), as described above, followed by reaction with chloroaceiyl chloride to give the intermediate (XVIII), and then condensation with a thioamide or thiourea ( XIX ) [with R4 as defined above] to yield the precursor compound ( XX ) (scheme 5). B nomination with 1 , 3 -dibromo- 5 , 5 -dimethylhy dantoin, as described above, finally provides the target pyrrolo- triazine (lit).
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000022_0001
Pyrrolotriazines of formula (II) wherein Z is representing an N-cyclic aminomethyl group can be obtained by reacting pyrrolotriazine (XIII) with formaldehyde and a cyclic amine of type (XXI ) in an acidic solvent, such as acetic acid, or in a mixture of an acid with an organic solvent (scheme 6). Bromination of the resulting product (XXII) with 1 ,3 -dibromo-5 ,5 -dimethylhydantoin, as described above, then provides the target pyrrolotriazine (Ilg).
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000023_0001
bromination
Figure imgf000023_0002
[G = e.g. CH2, CH(OH), O or N-Boc],
The compounds of the formulae (V), (VII), (XI), (XV), ( XIX ) and (XXI) are either commercially available, known from the literature, or can be prepared from readily available starting materials by adaptation of standard methods described in the literature.
The compounds of the present invention have valuable pharmacological properties and can be used for the prevention and treatment of diseases in humans and animals.
The compounds of the present invention are potent and selective inhibitors of ALKl kinase. They can therefore be used for the treatment and/or prevention of angiogenesis-related disorders, in par- ticular angiogenesis-related ocular disorders.
For the present invention, the term "treatment" or "treating" includes inhibiting, delaying, relieving, mitigating, arresting, reducing or causing the regression of a disease, disorder, condition or state, the development and/or progression thereof, and/or the symptoms thereof. The term "prevention" or "preventing" includes reducing the risk of having, contracting or experiencing a disease, disorder, condition or state, the development and/or progression thereof, and/or the symptoms thereof. The term prevention includes prophylaxis. Treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder, condition or state may be partial or complete.
Angiogenesis-related ocular disorders that may be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, in particular diabetic macula edema (DME), other retinopathies such as choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), choroidal neovascular membrane (CNVM), cystoid macular edema (CME), epi-retinal membrane (ERM) and macular hole, hypertrophic changes of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE), atrophic changes of the retinal pigment epithelium, retinal detachment, choroidal vein occlusion, retinal vein occlusion, corneal angiogenesis following, for example, keratitis, cornea transplantation or keratoplasty, corneal angiogenesis due to hypoxia (e.g., induced by extensive contact lens wearing), pterygium conjunctivae, subretinal edema, and intraretinal edema.
In the context of the present invention, the term age-related macular degeneration (AMD) encompasses both wet (or exudative, neovascular) and dry (or non-exudative, non-neovascular) mani- festations of AMD.
The compounds f the present invention can additionally be used for the treatment and/or prevention of inflammatory diseases associated with angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, asthma, pulmonary hypertension, multiple sclerosis, and inflammatory diseases of the bowel such as Crohn's disease. Fibrotic diseases, such as fibrosis and cirrhosis, may also be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of the present invention.
By virtue of their activity profile, the compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of ocular disorders, such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy, and diabetic macula edema (DME). The disorders mentioned above have been well characterized in humans, but also exist with a similar etiology in other animals, including mammals, and can be treated in these with the compounds of the present invention.
Thus, the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders. The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention in a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned dis- orders. The present invention further relates to a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders, by using an effective amount of at least one of the compounds according to the invention.
Compounds of the present invention may be administered as the sole pharmaceutical agent or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents where the combination causes no unacceptable adverse effects. This combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound of formula (I), as defined above, and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as administration of a compound of formula (I) and each additional therapeutic agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a compound of formula (I) and a therapeutic agent may be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent may be administered in separate dosage formulations.
Where separate dosage formulations are used, the compound of formula (I) and one or more additional therapeutic agents may be administered at essentially the same time (i.e., concurrently) or at separately staggered times (i.e., sequentially).
In particular, the compounds of the present invention may be used in fixed or separate combination with inhibitors of VEGF -mediated angiogenesis, such as, for example, ACTB-1003, aflibercept, apatinib, axitinib, bevacizumab, bevasiranib, BMS-690514, brivanib, cediranib, CT-322, dovitinib, E7080, foretinib, K! 1-902. linifanib, MGCD-265, motesanib, OTS-102, pazopanib, pegaptanib, ranibizumab, regorafenib, ruboxystaurin, sorafenib, SU-14813, sunitinib, telatinib, TG-100801 , tivozanib, TSU-68, vandetanib, vargatef, vatalanib and XL-184, or with inhibitors of other signaling pathways, such as, for example, ACU-4429, disulfiram, E-10030, fenretinide, mecamyl- amine, PF-04523655, sirolimus, sonepcizumab, tandospirone and volociximab.
Thus, in a further embodiment, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions com- prising at least one of the compounds according to the invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders, especially of the aforementioned disorders.
The compounds of the present invention may also be utilized, as such or in compositions, in research and diagnostics, or as analytical reference standards and the like. In another aspect, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one of the compounds according to the invention together with one or more inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients, and to the use thereof for the aforementioned purposes. Thc compounds according to the invention can act systemically and/or locally. For this purpose, they can be administered in a suitable way such as, for example, by the oral, parenteral, pulmonary, nasal, lingual, sublingual, buccal, rectal, dermal, transdermal, conjunctival, subconjunctival, intra vitreal, otic or topical routes. The compounds according to the invention can be administered in application forms suitable for these administration routes.
Suitable for oral administration are application forms which function according to the prior art and deliver the compounds according to the invention rapidly and/or in modified fashion, and which contain the compounds according to the invention in crystalline, amorphous and/or dissolved form, such as, for example, tablets (uncoated or coated tablets, for example having enteric coatings or coatings which are insoluble or dissolve with a delay and control the release of the compound according to the invention), tablets which disintegrate rapidly in the mouth, or films/wafers, films/lyophilisates, capsules (e.g., hard or soft gelatin capsules), sugar-coated tablets, granules, pellets, powders, emulsions, suspensions, aerosols or solutions. Parenteral administration can take place with avoidance of an absorption step (e.g., intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intraspinal or intralumbar) or with inclusion of an absorption (e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracutaneous, percutaneous or intraperitoneal). Application forms suitable for parenteral administration are, inter ah, preparations for injection and infusion in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lyophilisates or sterile powders. Forms suitable for other administration routes include, for example, pharmaceutical forms for inhalation (e.g., powder inhalers, nebulizers), nasal drops, solutions or sprays, tablets or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration (e.g., troches, lozenges), suppositories, ear and eye preparations (e.g., drops, ointments), vaginal capsules, aqueous suspensions (lotions, shaking mixtures), lipophilic suspensions, ointments, creams, milk, pastes, foams, dusting powders, and trans- dermal therapeutic systems (e.g., patches).
The compounds according to the invention can be converted into the recited application forms in a manner known per se by mixing with inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients. These excipients include, inter ah, carriers (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol), solvents (e.g., liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate), surfactants (e.g., polyoxysorbitan oleate), dispersants (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone), synthetic and natural polymers (e.g., albumin), stabilizers (e.g., antioxidants such as, for example, ascorbic acid), colorants (e.g., inorganic pigments such as, for example, iron oxides), and taste and/or odour masking agents. It has generally proved advantageous to administer on parenteral administration amounts of about 0.001 to 1 mg/kg, preferably about 0,01 to 0.5 mg/kg, of body weight to achieve effective results. On oral administration, an exemplary dose range is about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably about 0.1 to 10 mg/kg of body weight. Nevertheless, actual dosage levels and time course of administration of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient. It may therefore be necessary where appropriate to deviate from the stated amounts, in particular as a function of age, gender, body weight, diet and general health status of the patient, route of administration, individual response to the active ingredient, nature of the preparation, and time or interval over which administration takes place. Thus, it may be satisfactory in some cases to manage with less than the aforementioned minimum amount, whereas in other cases the stated upper limit must be exceeded. It may in the event of administration of larger amounts be advisable to divide these into multiple individual doses spread over the day.
For the treatment and/or prevention of ocular disorders, as described above, the preferred route for administering the compounds of the invention is topically at the eye or by an ocular drug delivery system. Intraocular injections are another way to administer the compounds of the present invention that is suitable for such purposes. Delivery to areas within the eye can be accomplished by injection, employing a cannula or another invasive device designed to introduce precisely metered amounts of a desired formulation to a particular compartment or tissue within the eye (e.g., posterior chamber or retina). An intraocular injection may be into the vitreous (intravitreal), under the conjunctiva (subconjunctival), behind the eye (retrobulbar), into the sclera, or under the Capsule of Tenon (sub-Tenon), and may be in a depot form. Other intraocular routes of administration and injection sites and forms are also contemplated and are within the scope of the invention.
The compounds according to the invention may be formulated in a manner known to those skilled in the art so as to give adequate delivery to the back of the eye, which may be by regular dosing, such as with eye drops, or by using a delivery system to give a controlled release, such as slow release, of the compounds according to the invention.
Preferred ocular formulations for the compounds of the present invention include aqueous solutions, suspensions or gels o these compounds in the form of drops of liquid, liquid washes, sprays, ointments or gels, in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture and use of such appli- cation forms. Alternatively, the compounds of the present invention may be applied to the eye via liposomes or other ocular delivery systems that are known in the art.
Appropriate dosage levels may be determined by any suitable method known to one skilled in the art of treating eye diseases. Preferably, the active substance is administered at a frequency of 1 to 4 times per day for topical administration, or less often if a drug delivery system is used. Typically, an ocular formulation intended for topical application contains the active ingredient in a concentration range of about 0.001% to 10%.
The following exemplary embodiments illustrate the invention. The invention is not restricted to the examples.
The percentages in the following tests and examples are, unless stated otherwise, by weight; parts are by weight. Solvent ratios, dilution ratios and concentrations reported for liquid/liquid solutions are each based on volume.
A. Examples
Abbreviations and Acronyms:
Ac acetyl
aq. aqueous (solution)
Boc fcri-butoxycarbonyl
br. broad (!H NMR signal)
Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl
Celite® registered trademark of C elite Corp. brand of diatomaceous earth cone. concentrated
DCI direct chemical ionization (MS)
DCM dichloromethane
DMF NN-dimethylformamide
DM SO dimethylsulfoxide
e.e. enantiomeric excess
EI electron impact ionization (MS)
ent enantiomer, enantiomerically pure
eq. equivalent(s)
ESI electro-spray ionization (MS)
Et ethyl
EtOAc ethyl acetate
Fmoc ( 9H- fluor en- 9-y lm ethoxy) carbony 1
GC/MS gas chromatography-coupled mass spectroscopy
h hour(s)
Hal halogen
!H NMR proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy
1 1 PLC high performance liquid chromatography
LC/MS liquid chromatography-coupled mass spectroscopy
Me methyl
MeOl I methanol
min minute(s)
MS mass spectroscopy
of th. of theory (chemical yield)
PdCl2(dppf) [I,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
I'll phenyl
rac racemic, racemate Rf TLC retention factor
rt room temperature
Rt retention time (HPLC)
satd. saturated
TBAF tetrabutylammonium fluoride
tBu tert-butyl
tert tertiary
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
TFAA trifluoroacetic acid anhydride
T! !F tetrahydro furan
TLC thin layer chromatography
Preparative HPLC purification methods: MethodJ:
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: ReproSil CI 8, 250 mm x 30 mm; eluent A: water / 1% ammonia, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 5.01-31 min 95% B, 31 min 95% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Mgthod 2i
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Kromasil-I OOA C18, 5 μιη, 250 mm x 30 mm; eluent A: water / 0.05-0.5% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-5 min 5% B, 5.01 - 10 min 10% B, 10.01-20 min 40% B, 20.01-27 min 50% B, 27.01-40 min 60% B, 40.01-45 min 90% B, 45.01-60 min 100% B; flow rate: 15-60 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 3j
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Grom-Sil-120 ODS-4HE, 250 mm x 30 mm; eluent A: water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 3.01-35 min 98% B. 35.01 -40 min 98% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 4:
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Grom-Sil-120 ODS-4I I E. 250 mm x 30 mm; eluent A: water /' 0.5% ammonia, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 3.01- 35 min 98% B. 35.01-40 min 98% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm. Method 5:
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Chromatorex CI 8 10 μηι, 250 mm x
30 mm; eluent A: water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 5.01-31 min 90% B,
31 min 90% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm. Method 6:
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Chromatorex CI 8 10 μιη, 250 mm x
30 mm; eluent A: water / 0.5% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 5.01 -31 min 90% B, 31 min 90% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 7:
Device: Gilson Abimed 1 1 PLC. binary pump system; column: ReproSil CI 8 10 μιη, 250 mm x
40 mm; eluent A: water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 5.01-31 min 95% B,
31 min 95% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 8:
Device: Gilson Abimed I IPLC. binary pump system; column: ReproSil CI 8 10 μιη, 250 mm x 30 mm; eluent A: water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 10% B, 5.01-31 min 95% B, 31 min 95% B; flow rate: 50 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 9:
Device: Gilson Abimed HPLC, binary pump system; column: Waters Sun lire CI 8 5 μιη, 250 mm x
20 mm; eluent A: water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0 min 20% B, 15 min 60% B, 15.01- 19 min 20% B; flow rate: 25 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Analytical HPLC, LC/MS and GC/MS methods: Method 1 ( H LC ):
instrument: Agilent 1 100 with DAD detection; column: Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6, 150 mm x 5 mm; eluent A: 0.01% TFA in water, eluent B: 0.01% TFA in acetonitrile; gradient: 0-1 min 10% B, 4-5 min 90% B, 5.5 min 10% B; flow rate: 2.0 mL/min; temperature: 30°C; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 2 (HPLC):
Instrument: HP 1 100 with DAD detection; column: Kromasil 100 RP-18, 60 mm x 2.1 mm, 3.5 μηι; eluent A: 5 ml. perchloric acid (70%) /' L water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0 min 2% B, 0.5 min 2% B, 4.5 min 90% B, 6.5 min 90% B, 6.7 min 2% B. 7.5 min 2% B; flow rate: 0.75 mL/min; temperature: 30°C; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 3 (HPLC):
Instrument: HP 1 100 with DAD detection; column: Kromasil 100 P-18, 60 mm x 2.1 mm. 3.5 μιη; eluent A: 5 ml. perchloric acid (70%) / L water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0 min 2% B, 0.5 min 2% B, 4.5 min 90% B, 9 min 90% B, 9.2 min 2% B. 10 min 2% B; flow rate: 0.75 mL/min; temperature: 30°C; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 4 (LC/'MS):
Instrument: Micromass Platform LCZ with HPLC Agilent 1100 Series; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3μ, 20 mm x 4 mm; eluent A: 1 L water + 0.5 ml. 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 L acetonitrile + 0.5 ml . 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→ 0.2 min 100% A→ 2.9 min 30% A
> 3.1 min 10% A 5.5 min 10% A; temperature: 50°C; flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; UV detection:
210 nm.
M d IWIM i
Instrument: Micromass ZQ with 1 1 PLC Waters Alliance 2795 / I IP 1 100; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2.5μ MAX-RP 100A Mercury, 20 mm x 4 mm; eluent A: 1 I water + 0.5 ml . 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 L acetonitrile + 0.5 ml . 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→ 2.5 min 30% A > 3.0 min 5% A > 4.0 min 5% A; flow rate: 2 mL/min; temperature: 50°C; UV detection: 210 nm. Method 6 (LC/MS):
Instrument: Micromass Quattro Premier with Waters UPLC Acquity; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 1.9μ, 50 mm x 1 mm; eluent A: 1 I. water + 0.5 ml 50% formic acid, eluent B: I 1. acetonitrile + 0.5 ml 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A > 0. 1 min 90% A > 1.5 min 10% A
2.2 min 10% A; temperature: 50°C; flow rate: 0.33 mL/min; UV detection: 210 nm. Method 7 ( IX MS ):
Instrument: Micromass ZQ with 1 1 PLC Waters Alliance 2795; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2.5 μ
MAX-RP 100A Mercury, 20 mm x 4 mm; eluent A: 1 L water + 0.5 ml. 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 L acetonitrile + 0.5 ml. 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A --> 0. 1 min 90% A > 3.0 min
5% A > 4.0 min 5% A→ 4.01 min 90% A; flow rate: 2 mL/min; temperature: 50°C; UV detec- tion: 210 nm. Method 8 (GC/MS):
Instrument: Micromass GCT, GC6890; column: Restek RTX-35, 15 m x 200 μηι x 0.33 μηι; constant flow with helium: 0.88 mL/min; oven: 70°C; inlet: 250°C; gradient: 70°C, 30°C/min→ 310°C (keep for 3 min). Method_ ( HPi .C^
Instrument: Agilent 1 100 with DAD detection; column: Merck Chromolith Speed ROD. 150 mm x 5 mm; eluent A: 0.01% formic acid in water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0 min 5% B, 2.5 min 95% B, 3 min 95% B; flow rate: 5.0 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method I Q ( LCV S ):
Instrument: Waters Acquity SQD UPLC System; column: Waters Acquity UPLC HSS T3 1.8μ, 50 mm x 1 mm; eluent A: 1 L water + 0.25 ml 99% formic acid, eluent B: 1 L acetonitrile + 0.25 ml. 99% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A > 1 .2 min 5% A > 2.0 min 5% A; temperature:
50°C; flow rate: 0.40 mL/min; UV detection: 208-400 nm.
General synthetic method 1 :
Suzuki coupling of 5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazine derivatives with arylboronic acids esters:
Figure imgf000033_0001
A 5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazine A (about 0.5 mmol), arylboronic acid B (1.2 equivalents) or a corresponding boronic ester, e.g., a dimethyl boronate or pinacolato boronate, and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (0.1 equivalents) are dissolved in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (about
4.0 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.5 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. The reaction vessel is crimp-capped, and the mixture is heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture is filtered over a pad of Celite which is rinsed with 1 ,4-dioxane to elute all organic material. The combined filtrate is evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by preparative 1 1 PLC to give the target compound C. General synthetic method 2:
Borylation of arylbromides and subsequent Suzuki coupling with 5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]- triazine derivatives without isolation of the intermediate arylboronic acid or ester:
Figure imgf000034_0001
Arylbromide D (about 0.5 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) in a microwave reactor vessel, argon is bubbled through the solution for 5 min, and [l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro- palladium(II)-dichloromethane complex (0.1 equivalents), potassium acetate (3 equivalents) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equivalents) are added. The vessel is crimp-capped, and the mixture is heated to 130°C for 60 min in a single-mode microwave device. Then, the suspension is filtered, the filtrate is transferred to another microwave process vial, and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (0.1 equivalents), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (4 equivalents) and the 5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazine A (1 equivalent) are added. The vial is crimp-capped, and the mixture is heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. The crude reaction mixture thus obtained is directly injected onto a preparative HPLC column for separation and purification of the target compound C.
Starting Materials and Intermediates:
Intermediate 1 A
[2,6-Difluoro-4-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000035_0001
(4-Bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol (1.03 g, 4.62 mmol) was dissolved in dry 1,4-dioxane (10 mL). Argon was bubbled through the solution, then [l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium-dichloromethane complex (302 mg, 0.37 mmol, 0.08 eq.), anhydrous potassium acetate (907 mg, 9.24 mmol, 2 eq.) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.23 g, 4.85 mmol, 1.05 eq.) were added, and the mixture was heated to 130°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. Upon cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Cyclohexane (200 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min. Undissolved material was then removed by filtration, the cyclohexane was distilled off, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (dichloromethane/acetonitrile gradient). Fractions containing the product were combined and evaporated. The title compound crystallized spontaneously as a brownish solid. Yield: 790 mg (63% of th.).
GC-MS (method 8): Rt = 5.36 min; MS (EI): m/z (%) = 270.3 (15) [M]+. Intermediate 2A
[3,5-Difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid
Figure imgf000036_0001
[4-({[ter -Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyi)-3,5-difSuoi phenyl]boronic acid (19.3 g, 63.9 mmol; crude material, prepared by the method of Hattori, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2006. 14, 3258-3262) was dissolved in 400 ml. aqueous acetic acid (66%) and stirred at 40°C for 5 h. The solution was then evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (gradient elution from 0% to 2% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 3.46 g (25% of th., LC-MS purity 87%) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 7): t = 0.50 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 171.2 (100) [M-OH]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 187.3 (100) [M-1 IJ . Intermediate 3A
(4-Bromo-2-chlorophenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000036_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2004/074270-A2 [Example A(147), step 1 ]. Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, CDC ): δ (ppm) = 2.00 (br, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 11 1 ). 7.53 (d, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 4 A
(4-Bromo-2-methylphenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000037_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in EP 1 544 208-A1
(Reference Example 14).
!H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ (ppm) = 1.62 (t, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 4.64 (d, 211 ). 7.23 (d, 111 ). 7.32 (s, 111 ). 7.33 (d, I I I ).
Intermediate 5,4
(5 -Bromopyridin-2-y] (methanol
Figure imgf000037_0002
Methyl 5-bromopyridine-2-carboxylate (2.00 g, 9.27 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20.0 mL). Sodium borohydride (1 .05 g, 27.8 mmol) was added at 0°C, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure, quenched with 1 N hydrochloric acid, neutralized with solid potassium carbonate and extracted with dichloro- methane. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to give 1.57 g (90% of th.) of the title compound. LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.56 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 188.0 (100) [M+H]+.
Intermediate 6 A
[6-(Hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl]b Β—,
/ OH
HO
To a solution of Intermediate 5A (1.50 g, 7.98 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.23 g, 8.28 mmol) in degassed DMF (120 mL) was added under an argon atmosphere l,l '-bis(diphenyl- phosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) chloride (292 mg, 0.40 mmol) and potassium acetate (2.35 g, 23.9 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80°C for 18 h and then cooled to room temperature. The suspension was filtered, and the residue was washed with dioxane. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure, and the oily residue was taken up in 50 ml . ethyl acetate and 50 ml cyclohexane and allowed to stand at room temperature overnight. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and discarded. The filtrate was evaporated, and the residue was dis- solved again in 100 mL ethyl acetate and extracted twice with 50 mL water. The aqueous layer was concentrated to give 690 mg (56% of th.) of the title compound which was used without further purification.
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.18 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 154.0 (100) [M+H]+. Intermediate 7 A 3-(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)prop-2-yn- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000038_0001
The starting material 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B).
7-Bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (1.0 g, 4.69 mmol), copper(I) iodide (89 mg, 0.47 mmol, 0.1 eq.) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (542 mg, 0.47 mmol, 0.1 eq.) were charged into a microwave reactor vial and evacuated for 1 h. The vessel was then vented with argon, pyrrolidine (15 mL) and 2-propyn-l-ol (2.63 g, 47 mmol, 10 eq.) were added, and the vessel was crimp-capped and heated to 85°C for 120 min in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into 120 mL of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution which was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, ethyl acetate). The resulting product (222 mg) appeared pure by LC-MS (method 6) and was used for further transformations.
HPLC (method 2): ¾ = 2.59 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.28 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 189.2 (100) [M+Hf. Intermediate 8 A and Intermediate 9A
3-(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)propan- 1 -ol
and
7-Propylpyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000039_0001
Intermediate 7A (444 mg, 2.36 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (18 mL) under an argon atmosphere. Platinum(IV) oxide (40 mg, 0.18 mmol, 0.08 eq.) was added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 3 h at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen at ambient pressure. The catalyst was then removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate gradient). The Intermediates 8 A (185 mg, 41 % of th.) and 9A (170 mg, 41 % of th.) were obtained in two distinct chromatographic fractions:
Intermediate 8A:
HPLC (method 2): Rt = 2.68 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.83 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 193.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 191.1 (100) [M-H]~. !H NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.86 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 4.49 (t,J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 111).7.50 (br. s, 211).7.78 (s,
Hi)-
Intermediate 9A: 1IP1.C (method 1 ) : Rt = 3.22 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.23 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)= 177.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 175.2 (30) [M-H]~.
Intermediate 10A
3-(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)propan- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000040_0001
Intermediate 8A (105 mg, 0.55 mmol) was dissolved in TI IF (8.75 mL) and cooled to -20°C.1,3- Dibr omo -5 , 5 -dimethy lhy dantoin (78.1 mg, 0.5 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at -20°C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with 0.5 ml. concentrated aqueous sodium dithionite solution, warmed to room temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. Yield: 145 mg (98% ofth.).
III'LC (method 1): R: = 2.96 min; 11 PLC (method 2): R, = 2.95 min;
LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 271.0 (100) and 273.0 (100) [M+H]+,
MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 269.0 (99) and 271.0 (100) [M-llj . Ml NMR (400 MHz, <4-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.83 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 211).3.43 (m, 211).
4.50 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 111).
Intermediate 11 A
5-Bromo-7-propylpyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000041_0001
Intermediate 9A (110 mg, 0.62 mmol) was dissolved in TI IF (4.44 mL) and cooled to -20°C. 1 ,3- Dibr omo -5 , 5 -dimethy lhydantoin (89 mg, 0.5 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at -20°C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with 0.5 ml concentrated aqueous sodium dithionite solution, warmed to room temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. Yield: 154 mg (85% pure, 82% of th.).
HPLC (method 1): t = 3.78 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.55 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 255.0 (99) and 257.2 (100) [M+H]+. i I NMR (400 MHz, <&-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.91 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 311 ). 1.65 (m, 211 ). 2.79 (t, J = 7.6 I I/. 211 ). 3.3 1 (s, 211 ). 6.63 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H). jntgrmediate 12 A
4-(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)but
Figure imgf000041_0002
7-Bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (1.0 g, 4.69 mmol), copper(I) iodide (89 mg, 0.47 mmol, 0.1 eq.) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (542 mg, 0.47 mmol, 0.1 eq.) were charged into a microwave reactor vial and evacuated for 1 h. The vessel was then vented with argon, pyrrolidine (15 mL) and 3-butyn-l -ol (3.36 g, 47 mmol, 10 eq.) were added, and the vessel was crimp-capped and heated to 85°C for 120 min in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into 120 ml of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, and the residue was puri fied by flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, ethyl acetate). The resulting product (735 mg) was sufficiently pure (66% by 1 [ LC ) for further transformations.
I I PLC" (method 2): t = 2.77 min;
LC-MS (method 4): R, = 0.96 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 203.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 201.1 ( 100) [M-H]".
Intermediate 13 A
4-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)butan-l -ol
Figure imgf000042_0001
Intermediate 12A (607 mg, 3.00 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (64 mL), and platinum(IV) oxide (50 mg, 0.22 mmol, 0.07 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at ambient pressure for 1 5 h. The catalyst was then removed by filtration, the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage silica column, ethyl acetate). Yield: 350 mg (57% of th.).
HPLC (method 2): R, = 2.92 min; LC-MS (method 4): ¾ = 0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 207.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 205.3 (100) [M-H]".
Intermediate 14A
4-(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)butan- l-ol
Figure imgf000042_0002
Intermediate 13A (330 mg, 1.60 mmol) was dissolved in ΓΊ IF (26 mL) at -20°C, and 1 ,3-dibromo- 5,5-dimethylhydantoin (229 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -20°C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with concentrated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (0.5 mL). Ethyl acetate was added, the aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product was subsequently purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 2) giving I 75 mg (84% of th.) of the title compound. HPLC (method 1 ) : Rt = 3.13 min;
LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.23 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 285.0 (98) and 287.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 283.0 (100) and 285.0 (98) [M-H]~
Ή-NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.39-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.69 (m, 2H), 3.31 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (m, 21 I t. 4.46 (br. s, I I I ). 6.61 (s, I I I ). 7.82 (s, 1H). Inter. mediate ISA
4-Aminopyrrolo[2, l-fj[l ,2,4]triazine-7-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000043_0001
The starting material pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate A). Pyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (20.5 g, 152 mmol) was dissolved in 150 l DMF. Under ice cooling, phosphoryl chloride (31.3 ml.. 336 mmol) was added dropwise at such a rate that the internal temperature did not rise above 30°C. The mixture was then heated for 2 days at 50°C. After cooling, another portion of phosphoryl chloride (14.2 ml .. 152 mmol) was added, and stirring was continued for another 24 h at 50°C. After cooling, the reaction batch was slowly poured into a mixture of 2.0 1. saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and 2.0 L ethyl acetate. Solid sodium bicarbonate was added until gas evolution stopped. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with 0.5 I. ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was suspended in 100 ml diisopropyl ether, stirred at room temperature for 10 min and then filtered. The dried residue was stirred in 6 N hydrochloric acid (500 mL) for 1 h at 50°C and then poured into an ice/water mixture (1000 mL). The mixture was carefully neutralized with solid sodium bicarbonate, stirred for 30 min at room temperature and then filtered again. The residue was washed with water and ligroin to yield 20.6 g (83% of th.) of white crystals which were used in the next step without further purification.
Intermediate 16 A
4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazine-7-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000044_0001
intermediate 15A (20.6 g, 127 mmol) was dissolved in 525 ml DMF. At 0°C, l ,3-dibromo-5,5- dimethylhydantoin (21.8 g, 76.2 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h under ice cooling and for further 2 h at room temperature. The resulting suspension was filtered, and the residue was washed with DMF and diethyl ether. The filtrate was discarded, and the remaining hardly soluble crystals were dried to give 20.0 g (65% of th., 80% purity by HPLC) of the title compound. This material was used without further purification. l NMR (400 MHz, </,,-DMS() >: δ (ppm) = 7.42 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 10.22 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 17A
(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)(cyclopropyl)methanol
Figure imgf000044_0002
Intermediate 16A (500 mg, 1.66 mmol) was suspended in dry THF (30 mL). At 0°C, a 0.5 M solution of cyclopropyl magnesium bromide in diethyl ether (10 ml .. 5.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then, another portion of the Grignard solution (6.6 ml .. 3.3 mmol) was added. After further stirring for 30 min at room temperature, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 4). Yield: 0.14 g (29% of th.).
LC-MS (method 6): t = 0.75 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 283.0 (100) [M+H]+.
Ή NMR (400 MHz, afc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.35 (m, 3H), 0.45 (m, 11 1 ). 1.28 (m, 1H), 4.62 (t, 11 1 ). 5.26 (d, 1H), 6.75 (s, 11 1 ). 7.84 (s, I I I ).
Intermediate 18A
(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)(tetrahydro-2/ -pyran-4-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000045_0001
In a 50 l. three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer and a dropping funnel, which was purged with argon, a Gri uard reagent was prepared from magnesium turnings (484 mg, 19.9 mmol) and 4-chlorotetrahydropyrane (2.4 g, 19.9 mmol) in dry THF (14 mL). To this solution was added at 0°C a suspension of Intermediate 16A (1.2 g, 3.98 mmol) in THF (20 mL), and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 1 h at room temperature. It was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 3). Yield: 0.5 g (38% of th.).
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.66 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 327.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 325.1 (100) [M-H]~
Intermediate 19A
8-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-l ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]dec;
Figure imgf000046_0001
The starting material 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B).
7-Bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (9.20 g, 35.41 mmol) was dissolved in THF (105 mL) under argon at room temperature. Chlorotrimethylsilane (9.08 ml .. 7.77 g, 70.82 mmol, 2 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. It was then cooled to 0°C, and 2- propyl magnesium chloride (74 mL of a 2.0 M solution in THF, 149 mmol, 4.2 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred for further 3 h while warming up to room temperature. Then, 1 ,4-dioxaspiro- [4.5]decan-8-one (8.38 g, 53.12 mmol, 1 .5 eq.) was added, and stirring was continued for another 16 h. The reaction was quenched with a 1 : 1 mixture of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ice until the pi I value reached 6-7. The mixture was extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts were dried ver anhydrous sodium carbonate and concentrated to dryness. The title compound was crystallized from diethyl ether. Yield: 6.05 g (58% of th.). HPLC (method 1): ¾ = 2.89 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.38 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 291.2 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 289.4 (100) [M-H]~
Intermediate 20 A
7-( 1 ,4-Dioxaspiro [4.5]dec-7-en-8-yl)pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000047_0001
Intermediate 19A (2.81 g, 60% purity, 5.82 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (18 mL) at 0°C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (2.46 mL, 3.66 g, 1 7.45 mmol, 3 eq.) was added slowly, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether at 0°C to yield 2.95 g (92% pure by HPLC, 99% of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 1): Rt = 4.55 min;
LC-MS (method 5): R, = 2.28 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 369.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 367.1 (100) [M-H]~
Intermediate 21 A
7-(l,4-Dioxaspiro[4.5]dec-8-yl)pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000047_0002
Intermediate 20A (2.95 g, 10.8 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1.07 L) under argon. Palladium on charcoal (10%, 400 mg) was added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 24 h under an atmosphere of hydrogen at ambient pressure and room temperature. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give 2.11 g (71 % of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 1): ¾ = 3, 14 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 275.3 (100) [M+H]+. Intermediate 22 A
4-(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)cyclohexanone
Figure imgf000048_0001
Intermediate 21 A (2.1 1 g, 7.69 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 1 M hydrochloric acid (23 mL) and methanol (6.80 mL) at 0°C and stirred under ice cooling for 3 h. Then, the pi 1 value was adjusted to 6-7 by addition of concentrated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue (923 mg, 52% of th.) was used without further purification in the next synthetic step.
HPLC (method 2): R, = 3.06 min; LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 231.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 229.2 (100) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.86 (ddd, 2H), 2.25-2.36 (m, 4H), 2.59 (ddd, 2H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br. s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 23 A /ra«,s,-4-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,i -f][i,2,4]triazin-7-yl)cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000049_0001
Intermediate 22A (452 mg, 1.96 mmol) was dissolved in TI IF (15 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0°C. Lithium aluminium hydride solution (1 M in THF, 2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol) was added dropwise. Subsequently, the solution was stirred at 0°C for 10 min and then quenched by addition of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was extracted with 3 portions of dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue (360 mg, 77% purity, 61 % of th.) was used in the next synthetic step without further purification.
1 1 PLC (method 1): Rt = 2.62 min; LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.29 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 233.2 (100) [M+H]+.
Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, t e-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 211 ). 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.97 (it, 1 11 ). 3.45 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 6.39 (d, I I I ). 6.79 (d, 1FI), 7.53 (br. s, 21 1 ). 7.80 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 24 A ?ra«s-4-(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000049_0002
Intermediate 23A (360 mg, 85% purity, 1.19 mmol) was dissolved in THF (8 mL) at -20°C, and l,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (188 mg, 0.66 mmol, 0.55 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred at -20°C for I h, then 0.5 niL concentrated aqueous sodium dithionite solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The crude product (463 mg, 66% purity, 83% of th.) was used in the next synthetic step without further purification. I I LC (method 1 ) : t = 3.22 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 31 1.2 and 313.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m z (%) = 309.2 (50) and 31 1.2 (40) [ M-I IJ".
Intermediate 2 A '/Y-Butyl 3-(4-aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-3 -hydro xypiperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000050_0001
The starting material 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B).
7-Bromopyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (17.29 g, 81 mmol) was dissolved in Tl IF (214 mL) under argon at room temperature. Chlorotrimethylsilane (20.60 mL, 17.63 g, 162 mmol, 2 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then, it was cooled to 0°C, and
2- propyl magnesium chloride (170 ml of a 2.0 M solution in Tl I F. 340 mmol, 4.2 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred for further 3 h while warming up to room temperature. Then, ieri-butyl
3- oxopiperidine-l -carboxylate (25.00 g, 121 mmol, 1.5 eq.) was added, and stirring was continued for another 16 h. The reaction was quenched with a 1 : 1 mixture of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ice until the pi I value reached 6-7. The mixture was extracted with two portions o ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium carbonate and concentrated to dryness. The title compound crystallized upon trituration of the residue with diethyl ether (50 mL). The crystals were washed with diethyl ether and dried to give 17.20 g (64% of th.). I I PLC (method 2): , = 3.53 min;
LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 334.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 332.0 (100) [M-H]~. i l NMR (400 MHz, c ff-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.19-1.43 (m, 9H), 1.72-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.46 (m, I I I ). 3.02-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.96 (m, 4H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 26A mc-tert- utyl 3-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-3-hydroxypiperidine-l - carboxylate
Figure imgf000051_0001
Intermediate 25A (120 mg, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6.0 mL) at -20°C, and 1 ,3-dibromo- 5,5-dimethylhydantoin (51 mg, 0.18 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred at -20°C for 2 h and then quenched with concentrated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (0.5 mL). Ethyl acetate was added, the aqueous layer was separated, and the organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The title compound (148 mg, 95% of th.) was obtained as a light yellow solid.
HPLC (method 1 ): Rt = 4.03 min;
LC-MS (method 5): R, = 1.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 412.0 (90) and 414.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 410.0 (100) and 412.0 (85) [M-H]~~.
Intermediate 27A teri-Butyl 5- {4-[(trifluoroacetyl)amino]pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl} -3,6-dihydropyridine- 1 (2H)-carboxylate
Figure imgf000052_0001
Intermediate 25A (8.32 g, 24.95 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (1 16 mL) at 0°C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (8.81 mL. 13.10 g, 62.36 mmol, 2.5 eq.) was added slowly, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. Then, it was cooled again to 0°C, and 150 mL of diethyl ether were added. The mixture was stirred at 0°C while the title compound slowly precipitated. The product was finally filtered off and washed with diethyl ether. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo, and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether at 0°C giving a second crop of the title compound after washing with diethyl ether. The two crops were combined to yield 7.80 g (92% pure by HPLC, 76% of th.) of the title compound as yellow crystals. HPLC (method 1): t = 3.91 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 2.45 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 412.2 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 410.2 (100) | M-I IJ \ i l NMR (400 MHz, £¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1 .48 (s, 9H), 1.92 (m, 21 1 ). 3.58 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, 11 1 ).
7.30 (d, 1H), 8.03-8.10 (m, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H). Intermediate 28A rac-tert-Butyl 3 -(4-aminopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000053_0001
Intermediate 27A (7.80 g, 92% purity, 1 7.54 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (400 mL). Tri- fluoroacetic acid (6.76 mL, 10.0 g, 88 mmol, 5 eq.), water (3.16 mL, 175 mmol, 10 eq.) and 10% palladium on charcoal (30 mg) were added, and the mixture was hydrogenated for 24 h at room temperature and ambient pressure. The catalyst was then removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product (8.79 g, 75% pure, quantitative yield) was used in the next synthetic step without further purification.
1 1 PL (method 1): Rt = 3.64 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.26 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 318.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 316.4 (100) [M-l l j \
Intermediate 29A
7-[(3R)-Piperidin-3-yl]pyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine trifluoroacetate
Figure imgf000053_0002
The starting material benzyl (R)-3-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 - carboxylate has been described in WO 2007/056170- A2 (Intermediate ODD).
1.50 g (3.49 mmol) of this material were hydrogenated for 16 h at room temperature and ambient pressure in the presence of 10% palladium on charcoal (30 mg) in a mixture of methanol (50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2.70 mL). Subsequently, the catalyst was removed by filtration, and all volatiles were evaporated in vacuo to give 1.10 g (95% of th.) of the title compound.
1 1 PLC (method 2): , = 2.17 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 218 (100) [M+Hf. !l l NMR (400 MHz, afc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1 .75 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1 1 1 ). 2.93 (m, I I I ). 3.06 (m, 1 1 1 ). 3.31 (d, 1 1 1 ). 3.50 (d, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.82 (m, 1H), 9.02 (br. s, I I I ).
Intermediate 30 A teri-Butyl (3i?)-3-(4-aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000054_0001
lediate 29A (1.10 g, 5.06 mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (6.60 mL), triethylamine
( 1 .55 mL, 1.13 g, 1 1 . 14 mmol, 2.20 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min until the starting material was completely dissolved. Then, di-teri-butyl dicarbonate (1.22 g, 5.57 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h. Subsequently, 5% aqueous citric acid was added, the phases were separated, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC" (method 2). Yield: 595 mg (37% of th.).
1 IP1.C (method 2): R, = 4.01 min;
LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.54 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 318.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 316.1 (100) [M-1 IJ".
>H NMR (400 MHz, </„-DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1.38 (s, 9H), 1 .45 (m, 211 ). 1.72 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 7.58 (br. s, 11 1 ). 7.81 (s, 1H). Intermediate 31 A rac-tert-Butyl 3-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000055_0001
Intermediate 28A (8.28 g, 75% purity, 14.39 mmol) was dissolved in THF (222 mL) at -20°C, and l,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (2.06 g, 7.19 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred at -20°C for 2 h and then quenched with concentrated aqueous sodium sulfite solution
(0.5 mL). Ethyl acetate was added, the aqueous layer was separated, and the organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The title compound (6.30 g, 86% of th.) was obtained as a light yellow solid. LC-MS (method 5): t = 2.27 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 396.0 (80) and 397.9 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 394.0 (90) and 396.0 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, I I I ), 1.98 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 6.67 (s, I I I ). 7.86 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 32A teri-Butyl (3i?)-3-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000056_0001
The title compound was prepared in the same way as the racemic mixture (Intermediate 31 A), starting from Intermediate 3 OA. Analytical data were identical to those shown for Intermediate 31A. Intermediate 33A
I -(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-2-chloroethanone
Figure imgf000056_0002
The compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate N, step 1). HPLC (method 1): t = 4.27 min;
LC-MS (method 5): R, = 1.70 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 289.0 (75) and 290.9 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 287.0 (75) and 288.9 (100) [M-H]~
Intermediate 34 A
5-Bromo-7-(2-methyl- 1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000057_0001
Intermediate 33A (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) and thioacetamide (30 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1. 15 eq.) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 mL) in a microwave reaction vial. The vial was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 130°C for 60 min in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was triturated with acetonitrile and filtered. The filtrate was discarded. The title compound was isolated as crystalline solid. Yield: 99 mg (92% of th.).
I I PLC (method 1): t = 4.00 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 310.0 (90) and 312 (100) [M+H]+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.71 (s, 3H), 7.20 (s, 1 1 1 ). 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 11 1 ). Intermediate 35A
5-Bromo-7-( 2-ethyl- 1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000057_0002
Intermediate 33A (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) and thiopropionamide (32 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.05 eq.) were re fluxed in ethanol (3.0 mL) over a period of 4.5 h. After cooling, the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The product was dried under vacuum to give 91 mg (0.28 mmol, 81% of th.) of the title compound as off-white solid.
HPLC (method 1): Rt = 4.30 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 324.2 (100) and 325.8 (98) [M+Hf. Inter mediate 36A
Amino- 1 ,3 -thiazol-4-yl)-5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000058_0001
Intermediate 33A (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) and thiourea (32 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.2 eq.) were suspended in 1 ,4-dioxane (3 mL) in a microwave reaction vial which was then crimp-capped. The mixture was heated to 120°C for 60 min in a single-mode microwave device. Upon cooling, water was added, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with dioxane. The off-white solid was dried under vacuum to give 98 mg (91 % of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 1): t = 3.19 min; LC-MS (method 5): R, = 1.25 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 310.9 (95) and 312.9 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 309.0 (100) and 310.9 (70) [M-H]~
!H MR (400 MHz, ^-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 7. 17 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.52 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 37A
1 - {4-[(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } -2,2,2-tri fluoro- ethanone
Figure imgf000058_0002
The compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170- A2
(Example 416, step 6). Inter mediate 38 A
5-Bromo-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,i -fj[l,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000059_0001
The compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/06493 1 -A2 (Inter- mediate C),
Intermediate 39A
7-(Moφholin-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,l -f][l ,2,4]- triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000059_0002
To a solution of Intermediate 38A (5.59 g, 17.9 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (10.0 g, 39.4 mmol) in degassed DMF (120 mL) was added under an argon atmosphere 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphos- phino)ferrocene-palladium(II) chloride (786 mg, 1.07 mmol) and potassium acetate (7.03 g, 71.6 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80°C for 5 h and then cooled to room temperature. teri-Butyl methyl ether (100 mL) was added, and the suspension was filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (gradient elution from 2% to 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 1.30 g (20% of th.) of the title compound containing some of the corresponding boronic acid derivative. This product was used without further purification.
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.73 min: MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 360.3 (30) [M+Hf. Intermediate 40 A
5-[4-({[fer -Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-3,5-^^
pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000060_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 38A (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) and [4-( {[teri-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]boronic acid (314 mg, 0.77 mmol, 74% purity; prepared by the method of Hattori, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2006, 14, 3258-3262). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative I (PLC (method 3). Yield: 1 10 mg (32% ofth., LC-MS purity 92%). LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.18 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 490.1 (30) [M+H , MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 488.3 (100) [M-H]~
Intermediate 41 A
Methyl 4-[4-amino-7-(moφholin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-ίluorobenzoate
Figure imgf000061_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 38A (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) and [3-fluoro-4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]boronic acid (139 mg, 0.71 mmol). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 3). Yield: 80 mg (32% of th.).
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.66 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 386.1 (80) [M+H]+. Intermediate 42A
4- [4-Amino-7-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo [2, 1 -f| [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000061_0002
To a solution of intermediate 38A (300 mg, 0.96 mmol) in degassed DMF (9.0 mL) was added (4-formylphenyl)boronic acid (216 mg, 1.44 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
(11 1 mg, 0.1 mmol) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2.4 mL). The mixture was heated to 90°C under argon for 17 h, then cooled to room temperature and directly purified by preparative HPLC (method 3). Yield: 150 mg (46% ofth.). LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.44 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 338.2 (30) [M+H]+. Intermediate 43 A
5-Bromo-6-meίhyl-7-(moφllolin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo [2, 1 f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000062_0001
The compound was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Inter- mediate O).
Intermediate 44 A
1 - [(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyi]piperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000062_0002
4-Hydroxypiperidine (3.62 g, 35.8 mmol) and 37% formalin solution (2.9 g, 35.8 mmol) were dis- solved in acetic acid (150 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this solution was added a solution of pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (2.0 g, 14.9 mmol; prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2, Intermediate A) in acetic acid (150 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 2 h. The solvent was then evaporated, and the residue was taken up in 200 mL of half-concentrated aqueous potassium bicarbonate solution and extracted with 200 mL dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and discarded. The combined aqueous layers were evaporated to dryness, and the residue was treated with a 10: 1 mixture of dichloromethane and methanol (2 x 100 mL). The organic extracts were evaporated, and the residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 4) to give 1.16 g (15% of th.) of the title compound. LC -MS (method 7): t = 0.18 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 248.3 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 246.5 (100) [M-H]~ !H NMR (400 MHz, ds-OMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.35 (br. m, 2H), 1.67 (br. m, 2H), 2.07 (t, 2H), 2.70 (br. m, 2H), 3.38 (br. m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 21 1 ). 4.5 ! (br, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1 1 1 ). 7.62 (br, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 45 A l-[(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l -fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]piperidin
Figure imgf000063_0001
Intermediate 44A (1.10 g, 4.45 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (16.5 mL) and cooled to -20°C. 1 ,3- Dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (636 mg, 2.22 mmol) was added every 10 min in about 100 mg portions. Subsequently, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for a further hour and was then directly purified by preparative HPLC (method 4). Yield: 0.61 g (42% of th.).
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.75 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 326.0 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 324.0 (100) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 Mi l/. <4-DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1.35 (br. m, 2H), 1.67 (br. m, 211 ). 2.08 (t, 2H), 2.68 (br. m, 2H), 3.39 (br. m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 21 1 ). 4.5 1 (br, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1 1 1 ). Intermediate 46 A
1 - [(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]pyrroiidin-3-ol
Figure imgf000063_0002
3-Pyrrolidinol (1.56 g, 1 7.9 mmol) and 37% formalin solution (1.45 g, 1 7.9 mmol) were dissolved in acetic acid ( 75 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. To this solution was added a solution of pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (2.0 g, 14.9 mmol) in acetic acid (75 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 4 h. After evaporation, the residue was taken up in 200 mL of 1 N aqueous potassium carbonate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 4) to give 390 mg (1 1% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.22 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 234.2 (20) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 223.0 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.50 (br. m, H I ). 1.94 (m, 11 1 ). 2.34 (dd, 1H), 2.44 (dd, 1H), 2.60 (dd, 1H), 2.71 (dd, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 2H), 4.15 (br, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, i l l ). 7.61 (br, 21 ! ). 7.82 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 47 A
1 - [(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-3 -ol
Figure imgf000064_0001
Intermediate 46A (0.9 g, 3.86 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (14.2 mL) and cooled to -20°C. 1 ,3- Dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (606 mg, 2.12 mmol) was added every 10 min in about 100 mg portions, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between 10% aqueous potassium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with another portion of ethyl acetate (100 mL) and then with dichloro- methane (100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and evapora- ted, and the residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 4). Yield: 0.44 g (37% of th.).
LC-MS (method 6): R = 0.21 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 314.0 (100) [M+H]+. ! NMR (400 MHz, 4>-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.50 (br. m, 1H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.34 (dd, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.70 (dd, I I I ). 3.84 (dd, 2H), 4.15 (br, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1 H >. Intermediate 48 A
1 - [(4-Aminopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]piperidin-3-ol
Figure imgf000065_0001
The title compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 46 A with 3-hydroxypiperidine (1.80 g, 1 7.9 mmol) as starting material. After concentration of the reaction mixture, the residue was taken up in saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and extracted with 300 mL dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 4) to give 650 mg (18% of th.) of the title compound. LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.16 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 248.2 (60) [M+Hf.
U NMR (400 MHz, tfc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.99 (m, 1H), 1.37 (br. m, 1H), 1.57 (br. m, 1H), 1 .74 (m, 2H), 1.88 (t, 1H), 2.68 (br. m, 1H), 2.83 (br. dd, 1H), 3.41 (br. m, 1H), 3.78 (dd, 2H), 4.54 (d, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 2( 1 ). 7.82 (s, 1H). intermediate 49A I - [(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl]piperidin-3 -ol
Figure imgf000065_0002
In analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 47A, the title compound was prepared from Intermediate 48A (690 mg, 2.79 mmol) to give 348 mg (93% LC-MS purity, 36% of th.) of the product after purification by preparative 1 1 PL (method 4). LC-MS (method 4): R, = 0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 226.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 223.9 (70) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, £¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.99 (m, 1H), 1.37 (m, I I I ). 1.57 (br. m, 1 1 1 ). 1.74 (m,
2H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 2.66 (br. m, 1H), 2.81 (br. m, 1H), 3.41 (br. m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, 2H), 4.54 (d, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, I I I ).
Intermediate 5 A l-( {4-Amino-5-[4-( {[ter^butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]pyrrolo[2,l-f]-
[ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl} methyl)piperidin-3 -ol
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from intermediate 49A (200 mg, 0.61 mmol) and [4-( {[ter -butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-3,5-diiluorophenyl]boronic acid (222 mg, 0.74 mmol; prepared by the method of Hattori, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2006. 14, 3258-3262). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 3). Yield: 353 mg (50% of th.). 1.C-MS (method 7): R, = 1.55 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 504.1 (100) [M+H]+.
! i l NMR (400 Mi l/. ofc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.1 1 (s, 6H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 1.01 (m, 1H), 1.40 (br. m, 1H), 1.59 (br. m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 21 1 ). 1.94 (m, 1H), 2.72 (br. m, 11 1 ). 2.87 (br. m, 1H), 3.43 (m, I I I ).
3.82 (dd, 2H), 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.18 (dd, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 51 A rac-tert-Butyl 3-{4-amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7- yl} pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000067_0001
The preparation of the starting material teri-butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin- 7-yl)pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate has been described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (intermediate I).
This compound (60 mg, 0.16 mmol) was coupled according to general synthetic method 1 with Intermediate 2A (47 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.1 eq.). The cmde product was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 67 mg (84% of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 2): Rt = 4.08 min;
LC-MS (method 7): R, = 1.66 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 446.2 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 444.3 (100) [M-H]~ ΐ NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.39 (s, 91 1 ). 2.10 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 52 A rac-tert- utyl 3-{4-amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7- yl} -3 -hydroxypiperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000068_0001
Intermediate 26A (148 mg, 0.35 mmol) and (4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol (75 mg, 0.34 mmol) were coupled according to general synthetic method 2. Purification of the crude product was carried out using preparative 11 PLC (method 2). Yield: 46 mg (28% of th.). HPLC (method 3): t = 3.90 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.56 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 476.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 474.2 (100) [M-H]~
'\ \ NMR (400 MHz, i 5-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.22-1.58 (m, 10H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, I I I ). 3.48
(m, I I I ). 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 2H), 5.39 (t, I I I ). 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.94 (s, 111 ).
Intermediate 53A teri-Butyl 4-{4-amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl}piperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000069_0001
The starting material teri-butyl 4-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)piperidine- 1 - carboxylate was prepared according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Example 1, step 3). This compound (400 mg, 1.01 mmol) was then reacted with 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (184 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1.2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 326 mg (76% of th.) of the title compound.
I I PLC (method 2): ¾ = 4.07 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 1.06 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 424.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 422.3 (100) [M-H]~
Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, i/s-D SO ): δ (ppm) = 1.52-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.89 (br. s, 21 1 ).
3.10 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.37 (m, 2H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 4.60 (s, 21 1 ). 6.68 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 51 i ). 8.02 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 54 A rac-tert- utyl 3 - {4-amino-5-[3 ,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7- yl}piperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000070_0001
Intermediate 31A (200 mg, 0.39 mmol) and Intermediate 2A (138 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.3 eq.) were reacted according to general synthetic method 1 yielding 130 mg (72% of th.) of the title compound after purification by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 2).
HPLC (method 3): t = 4.23 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 460.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 458.1 (100) [M-H]~ l NMR (400 MHz, ^-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.48 (m, 21 1 ). 1 .74 (m, 2H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.11 (m, III), 4.53 (s, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 55 A teri-Butyl (3R)-3- {4-amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin- 7-yl}piperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000071_0001
The enantiomencally pure R -isomer was synthesized by coupling Intermediate 32 A (115 mg, 0.28 mmol) with (4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol (76 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 2. Yield: 48 mg (38% of th.). Alternatively, the title compound was obtained by separation of the racemic compound from Intermediate 54 A (40 mg) using preparative chiral HPLC [column: chiral silica gel phase based on the selector poly(ALmethacryloyl-L-leucine-ter -butylamide), 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: ethyl acetate/isohexane 4: 1 ; flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection: 260 nm]. Yield: 20 mg (R-isomer).
Analytical chiral HPLC [column: chiral silica gel phase based on the selector poly(N-methacryloyl- L-leucine-ter -butylamide), 250 mm x 4 mm; eluent: ethyl acetate/isohexane 4: 1 ; flow rate: 1 mL/min; UV detection: 260 nm]: Rt = 5.68 min; e.e. >99.5.
HPLC (method 3): Rt = 4.23 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 460.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 458.1 (100) [M-H]~ !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.48 (m, 21 1 ). 1.74 (m, 211 ). 2.93 (m, 11 1 ).
3.22 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.11 (m, 1H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 56 A ferf-Butyl (35)-3-{4-amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l ,2,4]triazin- 7-yl}piperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000072_0001
The enantiomerically pure S-isomer was obtained by separation of the racemic compound from Iiitennediate 54A (40 mg) using preparative chiral HPLC as described for Iiitennediate 55A. Yield: 19 mg (S-isomer). Analytical chiral 1 1 PLC [column: chiral silica gel phase based on the selector poly(N-methacryloyl- L-leucine-ieri-butylamide), 250 mm x 4 mm; eluent: ethyl acetate/isohexane 4: 1 ; flow rate: 1 mL/min; UV detection: 260 nm]: R, = 7.87 min; e.e. >99.5.
HPLC (method 3): t = 4.23 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 460.1 (100) [M+fff, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 458.1 (100) [M-H]~.
!H NMR (400 MHz, ^-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.39 (s, 91 1 ). 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 211 ). 2.93 (m, 11 1 ). 3.22 (m, IH), 3.85 (m, IH), 4. 1 1 (m, IH), 4.53 (s, 211 ). 6.78 (s, IH), 7. 12 (m, 2H), 8.02 (s, I I I ).
Intermediate 57 A
[2-Fluoro-6-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000073_0001
(4-Bromo-2-fluoro-6-methylphenyl)methanol (2.0 g, 9.13 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (20.0 niL) in a microwave reactor vial, and the solution was flushed with argon. Then. bis(pina- colato)diboron (2.43 g, 9.59 mmol), 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) chloride (298 mg, 0.37 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.34 g, 13.7 mmol) were added, the reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 130°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was treated with cyclohexane (100 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The solution was filtered again, the filtrate was evaporated, and the residue was purified by chromatography (Biotage 25M silica cartridge, dichloromethane at 15 mL/min flow rate). Fractions containing the title compound were combined and evaporated, and the title compound crystallized spontaneously as a yellow solid (2.18 g, 90% of th.).
!H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-< ): δ (ppm) = 1.30 (s, 121 1 ). 2.39 (s, 3H), 4.5 1 (m, 211 ). 5.01 (t, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1 11 ). 7. 1 (s, 1H). Intermediate 58 A
[2-Ethyl-6-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000073_0002
Thc title compound was synthesized and purified in analogy to Intermediate 57A using (4-bromo- 2-ethyl-6-fluorophenyl)methanol (2.00 g, 8.58 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.29 g, 9.01 mmol), 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(n) chloride (280 mg, 0.34 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.26 g, 12.87 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL). Yield: 2.16 g (90% of th.) as yellow crystals. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-o ): δ (ppm) = 1. 1 7 (t, 3H), 1.30 (s, 1 21 1 ). 2.76 (q, 211 ). 4.50 (m, 21 1 ). 5.03 (t, 1H), 7. 14 (d, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 59 A
[2-Fluoro-6-methoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000074_0001
The title compound was synthesized and purified in analogy to Intermediate 57A using (4-bromo- 2-methoxy-6-fluorophenyl)methanol (2.00 g, 8.51 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.27 g, 8.90 mmol), 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) chloride (278 mg, 0.34 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.25 g, 12.76 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL). Yield: 1.81 g (75% of th.) as yellow crystals. Ι NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-efc): δ (ppm) = 1.30 (s, 12H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.47 (m, 211 ). 4.86 (t, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.02 (s, 11 1 ).
Intermediate 60 A l-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l -f][l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000075_0001
7-Bromopyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (1 .20 g, 5.63 mmol) was dissolved in Tl IF (25 niL) under argon at room temperature. Chlorotrimethylsilane (1.43 ml,. 1 1 .27 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then, it was cooled to 0°C, 2-propyl magnesium chloride (1 1.8 ml, of a 2.0 M solution in Tl IF. 23.7 mmol) was added, and stirring was maintained for another 3 h while the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Then, cyclohexanone (0.88 mL, 8.45 mmol) was added, and stirring was continued for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with a mixture (1 : 1) of concentrated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ice until the pi I reached 6-7. The mixture was extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium carbonate and concentrated to dryness. The product thus obtained was used without further purification (purity - 68% by 1 1 PLC ). Yield: 1.87 g (97% of th.).
LC-MS (method 5): t = 1.10 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 233 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 231 (100) [M-I IJ . i l NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-< ): δ (ppm) = 1.28-1.33 (m, 1F1), 1 .42- 1 .50 (m, 211 ). 1.58-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.78 (m, 4H), 2.13-2.23 (m, 211 ). 6.69 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 11 1 ). 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br. s, 1 1 1 ). 9.00 (br. s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 61A
1 -(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000075_0002
Intermediate 60A (80 mg, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in TI IF (5.0 mL), and the mixture was cooled to -20°C. 1 ,3-Dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (49 mg, 0.17 mmol) was added at once, and stirring was continued for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with cone, aqueous sodium dithionite solution (0.5 mL), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 98 mg (91 % of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 31 1 (95) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 309 (90) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/s): δ (ppm) = 1.20-1.33 (m, 1 1 1 ). 1.42-1.52 (m, 2 ( 1 ). 1.58-1.78 (m, 511 ). 2.15-2.23 (m, 2H), 5.01 (br. s, 211 ). 6.63 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 62 A teri-Butyl {[4-(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fJ[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl]m ethyl } - carbamate
Figure imgf000076_0001
Intermediate 33 A (109 mg, 0.38 mmol) and teri-butyl (2-amino-2-thioxoethyl)carbamate (79 mg, 0.41 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (6.5 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h. The mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was triturated with aceto- nitrile to give 67 mg (42% of th.) of the title compound as a brownish-grey crystalline solid.
LC-MS (method 7): R, = 1.81 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 425 (80) and 427 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 423 (50) and 425 (100) [M-H]~.
Intermediate 63 A teri-Butyl 3- {4-amiiio-5-[3-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyphenyi]pyrrolo[2,l -f][i ,2,4]- tria/in-7-yl ; piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000077_0001
Intermediate 31A (120 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Intermediate 59A (104 mg, 0.36 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon. Tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium(O) (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was puri ied by flash chromatography (Biotage 25 M silica cartridge, dichloromethane + 2-5% methanol, flow rate 10 mL/min) to give 51 mg (36% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 1. 1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 472 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 470 (100) [M-H]~~.
Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/tf): δ (ppm) = 1.31-2.10 (m, 13H), 2.88-2.91 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 1 1 1 ). 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1 1 1 ). 6.83 (d, 11 1 ). 6.90 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 64 A ft'/Y- But l 3- {4-amino-5-[3-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methylphenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l ,2,4]triazin- 7-yl}piperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000078_0001
Intermediate 31A (120 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Intermediate 57A (97 mg, 0.36 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon. Tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium(O) (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage 25 M silica cartridge, dichloromethane + 2-5% methanol, flow rate 10 mL/min) to give 110 mg (71% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): ¾ = 2.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 456 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 454 (100) [M-H]-.
! ! I NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-*): δ (ppm) = 1.31 -2.11 (m, 13H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.91 (m, 21 1 ). 3.17-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 7.12 (s, III), 7.93 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 65 A ferf-Butyl 3- {4-amino-5-[3-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methylphenyl]pyrrolo[2,l-f|[l ,2,4]triazin- 7-yl}pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000079_0001
The starting material teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine- 1 - carboxylate was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170- A2 (intermediate I). teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (120 mg, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2.2 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon, intermediate 57A (100 mg, 0.38 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (36 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was fil- tered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage 25 M silica cartridge, dichloromethane + 2-5% methanol, flow rate 10 mL/min) to give 91 mg (54% of th.) of the title compound.
LC'-MS (method 5): Rt = 2.00 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 442 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 440 (100) [M-1 IJ . !H MR (400 MHz, DMSO-£¾): δ (ppm) = 1.41 (m, 9H), 2.00-2.48 (m, 211 ). 3.29-3.53 (m, 31 1 ). 3.71-3.90 (m, 2M ). 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.99 (t, 1H), 6.63 (s, 11 1 ). 7.06 (d, I I I ). 7. 12 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.92 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 66 A rac-tert- uty\ 3-{4-amino-5-[3-ethyl-5-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyi)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]- triazin-7-yl} pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000080_0001
The starting material teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine- 1 - carboxylate was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170- A2 (Intermediate I), teri-Butyl 3 -(4-amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (11 1 mg, 0.29 mmol), Intermediate 58A (98 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
(17 mg, 0.015 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (2.3 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (0.53 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. After degassing for 5 min using argon, the reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single- mode microwave device. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 5). Yield: 83 mg (63% ofth.).
HPLC (method 9): Rt = 1.61 min; LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 1.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 456.4 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 454.4 (100) [M-H]~~.
Ή NMR (400 MHz, </„-DMS() ): δ (ppm) = 1.22 (t, 3H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 2. 1 (m, 1 1 1 ). 2.80 (q, 2H), 3.30-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.51 (m, HI), 3.78 (m, 1H), 4.55 (d, 2H), 5.00 (t, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.95 (s, 1H). Intermediate 67A r c-tert-Butyl 3-{4-amino-5-[3-ethyl-5-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyiTolo[2,l-fj[l,2,4]- triazin-7-yl} piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000081_0001
Intermediate 31A (148 mg, 0.29 mmol), Intermediate 58A (98 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (17 mg. 0.015 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (2.3 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (0.67 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. After degassing for 5 min using argon, the reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 5). Yield: 105 mg (76% of th.). HPLC (method 9): RT = 1.71 min;
LC-MS (method 10): RT = 1.08 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 470.4 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 468.4 (75) [M-H]~ l NMR (400 MHz, 4J-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.22 (t, 311 ). 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 2.80 (q, 211 ). 2.98 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.55 (d, 211 ). 5.02 (t, H I ). 6.65 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, 111 ). 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 68A rac-Methyl 4- {4-amino-7- [cyclopropyl(hydroxy)methyi]pyrrolo [2, l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl} -2- methoxybenzoate
Figure imgf000082_0001
Intermediate 17A (250 mg, 0.88 mmol), [3-methoxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]boronic acid (223 mg, 1.06 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (102 mg, 0.088 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (5.5 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.32 mL) under argon and heated under reflux for 16 h. After this, another portion of tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (102 mg, 0.088 mmol) was added, and heating was continued for further 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 7). Yield: 130 mg (80% purity, 32% ofth.). LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.80 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 369.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 367.3 (75) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 MHz, </*-DMSQ ): δ (ppm) = 0.41 (m, 3H), 0.49 (m, 1H), 1.37 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H),
4.68 (d, 1H), 6.92 (s, 11 1 ). 7.13 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H), 8.05 (s, I I I ).
Intermediate 69A 7-( Prop- 1 -en-2-yl)pyrrolo[2, l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000082_0002
The starting material 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine was synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2007/056170-A2 (Intermediate B). Under an argon atmosphere, 7-bromopyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine (426 mg, 2 mmol) and 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-l -en-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (420 mg, 2.5 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) and aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 M, 4 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed, and 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium(II) chloride (73 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. After stirring at 90°C overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), water (10 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (puriFlash, Interchim, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 1 : 1 to 100% ethyl acetate gradient) to yield the title product as a slightly yellow solid. Yield: 304 mg (81 % of th.).
HPLC (method 10): R, = 0.83 min;
LC-MS (method 10): RT = 0.57 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 1 75. 1 (100) [M+H]+.
Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, 4J-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.15 (s, 3H), 5.22 (m, 1H), 6.30 (m, H I ). 6.73 (d, 1H),
6.91 (d, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H). Intermediate 70A
7-Isopropylpyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000083_0001
Intermediate 69A (149 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol and ethyl acetate (1 : 1 , 40 mL) under argon. Palladium on charcoal (10%, 9.1 mg) was added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 16 h under an atmosphere of hydrogen at ambient pressure and room temperature. After this, the catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give 131 mg (80% of th.) of the title compound as a colorless solid. This product was used in the next synthetic step without further purification.
HPLC (method 10): RT = 0.81 min; LC-MS (method 10): RT = 0.56 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 177.0 (100) [M+Hf. !H NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.27 (d, 6H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 6.41 (d, 1 1 1 ). 6.80 (d, 11 1 ). 7.48-7.59 (m, 211 ). 7.80 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Intermediate 71 A
5-Bromo-7-isopropylpyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-4-amine
Figure imgf000084_0001
Intermediate 70A (125 mg, 0.71 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (21 mL) and cooled to -78°C. l,3-Dibromo-5,5 -dimethylhy danto in (81 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added in two equal portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h and then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. After addition of water (20 mL) and further stirring for 20 min, the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo. The crude product thus obtained (209 mg, >100% of th.) was used in the next synthetic step without further purification.
1 1 PLC (method 9): Rt = 1.35 min.
LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 257.0 (100) [M+Hf. intermediate 72A
-l -(4-Amino-5-bromopyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl)ethanol
Figure imgf000084_0002
Intermediate 16A (500 mg, 1.66 mmol) was suspended in THF (10 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Methyl magnesium bromide solution (3 N in diethylether, 1.7 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to yield 235 mg (46% of th.) of the title product which was used in the next synthetic step without further purification.
LC-MS (method 5): ¾ = 0.73 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 259.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 257.1 ( 100) [M-! l ] \ ? I I NMR (400 MHz, 4J-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1 .41 (d, 3H), 5.16 (m, 1 H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H).
Preparation Examples:
Example 1
[4-(4-Amino-7-propylpyrrolo[2, 1 -f][l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000086_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 1 1 A (100 mg, 0.39 mmol) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (60 mg, 0.39 mmol). Purification of the crude product was earned out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 33 mg (30% of th.).
HPLC (method 1): Rt = 3.47 min; HPLC (method 2): R, = 3.78 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 283.2 (100) [M+H]+. Ί I NMR (400 MHz, d DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.97 (t, ,/ = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1 .71 (m, 21 1 ). 3.31 (s, 2H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 4H), 7.89 (s, I I I ).
Example 2
[4-(4-Amino-7-propylpyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2,6-difluorophenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000086_0002
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 2 from Intermediate 1 1 A (1 18 mg, 0.46 mmol) and (4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol (108 mg, 0.49 mmol). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 59 mg (40% of th.).
HPLC (method 2): Rt = 3.94 min; LC-MS (method 7): ¾ = 1.47 min: MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 319.3 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 317.3 (100) [M-H]~. l NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.95 (t, 3H), 1 .7 ! (m, 2H), 4.52 (m, 21 1 ). 5.26 (t, 1H), 6.64 (s, I I I ). 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.91 (s, I I I ).
Example 3 3- {4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2, 1 -f][l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl}propan- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000087_0001
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 10A (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) and 4-(hydroxy- methyl)phenylboronic acid (67 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 .2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 1.
The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 73 mg (66% of th.) of the title compound as colorless solid.
HPLC (method 1): Rt = 2.91 min; HPLC (method 2): Rt = 3.14 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.60 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 299.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 297.4 (100) [M-H]~. i l NMR (400 MHz, ifc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.84 (m, 21 1 ). 2.95 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (m, 21 1 ). 4.58 (s, 21 1 ). 6.67 (s, I I I ). 7.41 (s, 4H), 8.03 (s, 1H).
Example 4
4- {4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl}butan- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000088_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 14A (75 mg, 0.26 mmol) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (48 mg, 0.32 mmol). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 66 mg (80% of th.). HPLC (method 2): Rt = 3.28 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 313.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 31 1.2 (100) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.48-1.51 (m, 2H), 1 .67- 1 .70 (m, 2H), 2.91 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 411 ). 8.03 (s, 1H). Example 5
{4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyi)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl}(cyclo- propyl)methanol
Figure imgf000088_0002
Thc title compound was obtained from Intermediate 17A (125 mg, 0.44 mmol) and Intermediate 2A (1 14 mg, 0.53 mmol) by general synthetic method 1. The crude product was puri tied by preparative I I L (method 3). Yield: 73 mg (48% of th.).
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 347.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 345.3 (100) [M-H]~
¾ NMR (400 MHz, <4-D SO ): δ (ppm) = 0.39 (m, 3H), 0.48 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 1H), 4.54 (d, 2H),
4.67 (m, 1H), 5.26 (m, 211 ). 6.80 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 211 ). 7.92 (s, 1H).
Example 6
{4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl}(tetrahydro- 2if-pyran-4-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000089_0001
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 18A (200 mg, 0.61 mmol) and Intermediate 2 A (158 mg, 0.73 mmol) by general synthetic method 1 . The crude product was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 3). Yield: 1 25 mg (52% ofth.).
LC-MS (method 5): ¾ = 1.29 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 391.1 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 389.0 (100) [M-l l] \
Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, ,/,-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1 .24 (br. d, 1H), 1.36 (m, 211 ). 1.68 (br. d, I I I ). 2.03 (m, 1 1 1 ). 2.60 (t, 2H), 3.82 (m, 211 ). 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.95 (br. d, 1H), 5.28 (br, 1H), 5.33 (br, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 211 ). 7.93 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Example 7 ira«s-4- {4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyi]pyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl}- cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000090_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 24A (323 mg. 85% purity, 0.88 mmol) and Intermediate 1 A (286 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1.2 eq.). Purification of the crude product was first carried out by flash chromatography (Biotage silica packed cartridge, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 95:5). Further purification was performed by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 2). Yield: 72 mg (21% ofth.).
HPLC (method 2): Rt = 3.37 min;
LC-MS (method 7): Rt = 1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 375.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 373.3 (100) [M-H]~~. Ή NMR (400 MHz, <4-DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 211 ). 2.04 (m,
2H), 3.04 (tt, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.61 (d, 1H), 5.26 (t, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 211 ). 7.91 (s, 1H).
Example 8 rac-{4-[4-Amino-7-(pyiTolidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,l-f [l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6 lifluorophenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000091_0001
Intermediate 5 1 Λ (67 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (6 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 20 min, then all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 21 mg (41 % of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 2): Rt = 2.96 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.34 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 346.1 (20) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 344.2 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, </„-DMSO >: δ (ppm) = 1.94 (m, I I I ). 2.22 (m, I I I ). 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 21 1 ). 3.72 (m, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 5.22 (br. s, 11 1 ). 6.71 (s, 1H), 7.1 1 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H).
Example 9 rac-3-{4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl} - piperidin-3-ol
Figure imgf000092_0001
Intermediate 52A (46 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 20 mg (55% of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 2): R: = 2.94 min;
LC-MS (method 4): R, = 1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 358.1 (100) [M-H20+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 374.1 (100) [M-H]~
Ί Ι NM (400 MHz, 4J-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.92 (d, 1H), 3.02 (d, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1 1 1 ). 4.52 (m, 2H), 5.26 (t, 1H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.94 (s, I I I ).
Example 10 {4-[4-Amino-7-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000093_0001
Intermediate 53A (324 mg. 0.77 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Another portion of trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added, and stirring was continued until HPLC (method 1) indicated complete conversion of the starting material. All volatiles were then removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC" (method 1) to give 226 mg (91% ofth.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 1): ¾ = 3.37 min; HPLC (method 2): Rt = 2.90 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 324.1 (75) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 322.2 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.79-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.23 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.52 (m, 3H), 4.56 (s, 211 ). 5.49 (s, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 4H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.39- 8.50 (m, 1H), 8.65-8.69 (m, 1 1 1 ).
Example 1 1 (4- {4-Amino-7-[(3R)-piperidin-3-yl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl}-2,6-difluorophenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000094_0001
Intermediate 55 Λ (35 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative 1 Il'LC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 18 mg (66% of th.) of the title compound.
1 Il'LC (method 2): t = 3.10 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.55 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 360.2 (20) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 358.3 (100) [M-H]~.
!H NMR (400 MHz, ak-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.67 (m, 211 ). 1.83 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 3.20 (d, 1H), 3.41 (m, 21 1 ). 4.53 (m, 211 ). 5.29 (t, 11 1 ). 6.70 (s, 1H), 7. 1 1 (m, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H). +16.8° (c = 0.5 15. methanol). Examp!e 12
(4- {4-Amino-7-[(35)-piperidin-3-yl]pyrrolo[2
Figure imgf000095_0001
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 56A (19 mg. 0.04 mmol) by the same method as described for the conversion of Intermediate 55A to Example 11. Yield: 12 mg (81% of th.).
11 PLC. LC-MS and T I-NMR data were identical to those shown for Example 11. Example 13
{4-[4-Amino-7-(2 -methyl- 1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000095_0002
Intermediate 33A (60 mg, 0.21 mmol) and thioacetamide (15 mg, 0.20 mmol, 0.95 eq.) were dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (2 mL) and re fluxed for 4.5 h. After cooling, 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl- boronic acid (38 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.2 eq.), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (59 mg, 0.07 mmol, 0.25 eq.) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (0.4 mL) were added. The mixture was gently stirred at 100°C for 16 h. Then, another portion of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (24 mg, 0.1 eq.) was added, and stirring at 100°C was continued for another 4 h. The reaction mixture was then filtered, the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative I [PLC (method 2) to give 28 mg (40% of th.) of the title compound as off-white crystals.
I [PLC (method 1): Rt = 3.85 min; HPLC (method 2): Rt = 3.60 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 338.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 336.1 (100) [M-H]~.
!H NMR (400 MHz, <ftf-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.73 (s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 7. 17 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.3 Hz. 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 21 1 ). 8.09 (s, IH), 8.33 (s, I I I ).
Example 14
{4-[4-Amino-7-(2 -methyl- 1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl} - methanol
Figure imgf000096_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 34A (75 mg, 0.24 mmol) and Intermediate 1A (78 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 .2 eq.). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 27 mg (30% of th.). HPLC (method 1): = 3.79 min;
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 374.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 372.2 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, i fi-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.72 (s, 3H), 4.53 (s, 21 1 ). 7.18-7.27 (m, 211 ). 8.1 1 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1 1 1 ). Examplc 15
{4-[4-Amino-7-(2-ethyl-l,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2J-f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]pheny
Figure imgf000097_0001
Intermediate 35A (91 mg, 0.28 mmol) was reacted with 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (51 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative 11 PLC (method 2) giving 68 mg (69% of th.) of the title compound as colorless crystals.
11 PLC" (method 1): R, = 3.73 min;
LC-MS (method 6): R, = 1.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 352.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 350.3 (100) [Μ-Η]~.
]II NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.36 (t,J= 7.6 Hz, 3H), 3.06 (q,J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 7.19 (s, 111).7.46 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 211).8.12 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, HI).
Example 16
{4-[4-Amino-7-(2-ethyl-l,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,l-fj[i,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl}- methanol
Figure imgf000098_0001
The title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 35A (34 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) and Intermediate 1A (34 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.2 eq.). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative 1 1 PLC" (method 2). Yield: 16 mg (40% of th.). 1 1 PLC (method 1): R. = 4.04 min;
LC '-MS (method 6): Rt = 1 .15 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 388.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 386.1 (100) [M-H]~.
¾ NMR (400 MHz, t tf-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.38 (t, 3H), 3.06 (q, 2H), 4.55 (s, 211 ). 7.20-7.31 (m, 3H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H). Example 17
{4-[4-Amino-7-(2-amino-l ,3-thiazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,l-fj[l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000098_0002
Thc title compound was obtained by general synthetic method 1 from Intermediate 36A (55 mg, 0.18 mmol) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (32 mg, 0.21 mmol). Purification of the crude product was carried out by preparative HPLC (method 2). Yield: 29 mg (49% of th.).
HPLC (method 1): Rt = 3.03 min; LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.21 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 339.1 (30) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 337.1 (100) [M-H]~
Ή NMR (400 MHz, ^-D SO ): δ (ppm) = 4.58 (m, 211 ). 5.75 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 211 ). 7.43 (m, 4H), 7.55 (s, 1 1 1 ). 8.08 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Example 18 {4-[4-Amino-7-(piperazin-l -ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -fJ[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000099_0001
Intermediate 37A (200 mg, 0.49 mmol), 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (90 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (57 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.1 eq.) were dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (4.0 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. The reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered over a pad of C elite which was rinsed with 1,4-dioxane to elute all organic material. The combined filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 1) to give 75 mg (45% of th.) of the title compound. HPLC (method 1): R, = 2.85 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 339.1 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 337.2 (100) [M-H]-. !H NMR (400 MHz, ,-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.38 (br. s, 4H), 2.63 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 2H),
2H), 5.26 (br. s, III).6.60 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 4H), 7.90 (s, HI).
Example 19
{4-[4-Amino-7-(moφholin-4-yM
Figure imgf000100_0001
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 38A (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) and 4-(hydroxy- methyl)phenylboronic acid (116 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1.2 eq.) according to general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative I IP I (method 2). The material thus obtained was dissolved in a few mL of a mixture of acetonitrile and water, 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. During this time, the title compound precipitated. The crystals were isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo to give 95 mg (49% th.) of a colorless solid.
II PLC (method 1): t = 3.21 min;
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 340 (1) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 338.2(100) [M-H]~\
]II NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.47 (m, 411).3.31 (s, 411).3.53 (t, 211).3.82 (s, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 5.22 (t, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 411).7.90 (s, 111).
Example 20
{4-[4-Amino-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl}- methanol
Figure imgf000101_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 40A (110 mg. 0.22 mmol) in Tl IF (2.2 mL) was added 0.45 niL (0.45 mmol) of a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in Tl IF. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature f r 1 h. The reaction mixture was then evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was suspended in 3 ml. of methanol and stirred at room temperature for 5 min. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with a small amount of methanol and dried in vacuo to give 68 mg (81% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 376.0 (80) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 374.1 (100) [M-H]~ ] l l NMR (400 MHz, £¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.45 (br. m, 411 ). 3.56 (t, 4H), 3.82 (s, 211 ). 4.54 (d, 211 ). 5.27 (t, 1H), 6.75 (s, I I I ). 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.95 (s, I I I ).
Example 21
{4-[4-Amino-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000101_0002
To a suspension of Intermediate 41 A (65.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was added 0.2 mL (0.2 mmol) of a 1 M solution of lithium aluminium hydride in Tl IF. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The resulting solution was quenched with water and then directly purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 3) to give 35 mg (58% of th.) of the title compound. LC-MS (method 6): t = 0.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 358.1 (20) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 356.2 (100) [M-I I J .
] I I NMR (400 MHz, ifc-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.46 (br. m, 4H), 3.56 (t, 41 1 ). 3.83 (s, 211 ). 4.60 (d,
2H), 5.32 (t, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.27 (dd, 2H), 7.55 (t, 1H), 7.94 (s, I I I ).
Example 22 {4-[4-Amino-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-chlorophenyl}methanol
Figure imgf000102_0001
Intermediate 39A (200 mg, 0.56 mmol), Intermediate 3A (1 12 mg, 0.5 1 mmol) and tetrakis- (triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (58 mg, 0.05 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane
(4.0 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. The reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was purified by preparative HPLC (method 3) to give 48 mg (23% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.53 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 374.1 (80) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 372.2 (100) [M-H]~ ¾ NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.46 (br. m, 4H), 3.56 (t, 4H), 3.83 (s, 21 1 ). 4.61 (d, 2H), 5.45 (t, HI), 6.70 (s, 11 1 ). 7.44 (dd, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.63 (t, 1H), 7.94 (s, 11 1 ). {4-[4-Amino-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l ,2,4]triazm
Figure imgf000103_0001
In analogy to the preparation of Example 28, Intermediate 39A (200 mg, 0.56 mmol) was reacted with Intermediate 4A (102 mg, 0.51 mmol) to give 9 mg (5% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.00 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 354.3 (10) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 372.2 (100) [M-H]~
Ί Ι NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.45 (br. m, 4H), 3.56 (t, 411 ). 3.83 (s,
2H), 4.54 (d, 211 ). 5.13 (t, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, I I I ). 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, I I I ). 7.91 (s, I I I ).
Example 24
{5-[4-Amino-7-(mo^holin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]pyridin-2-yl}methanol
Figure imgf000103_0002
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 38A (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) and Intermediate 6A (147 mg, 0.96 mmol) by general synthetic method 1 . The crude product was purified by pre- parative 11 PLC (method 4). Remaining impurities were removed by suspending the product in acetonitrile (2 mL) and collecting the remaining solid by filtration. Yield: 27 mg (12% of th.).
LC-MS (method 4): R, = 0.78 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 341 (10) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 339.3 (100) [M-H]~. il N R (400 MHz, c/tf-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 2.46 (br. m, 4H), 3.56 (t, 4H), 3.84 (s, 211).4.62 (d, 2H), 5.46 (t, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.86 (dd, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 8.56 (s, III).
Example 25
I -( {4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2, 1 -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl}methyl)- piperidin-4-o!
Figure imgf000104_0001
The title compound was obtained from Intermediate 45 Λ (200 mg, 0.61 mmol) and Intermediate 2A (159 mg, 0.74 mmol) by general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (method 3). Yield: 103 mg (43% of th.).
LC-MS (method 4): R( = 0.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 390.1 (60) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 388.2 (100) [M-H]~.
Ή NMR (400 MHz, Ji-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.36 (br. m, 2H), 1.68 (br. m, 211).2.12 (br. m, 211). 2.75 (br. m, 211).3.41 (br. m, ill).3.79 (s, 211).4.51 (d, III).4.54 (d, 2H), 5.27 (t, III).6.72 (s, III).7.15 (m.211).7.94 (s, 111).
Example 26 1 -( {4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl}methyl)- pyrrolidin-3-ol
Figure imgf000105_0001
The title compound was obtained from intermediate 47 A (110 mg, 0.35 mmol) and Intermediate 2 A (91.3 mg, 0.42 mmol) by general synthetic method 1. The crude product was purified by preparative II PLC (method 3). Yield: 69 mg (52% ofth.).
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 0.25 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 376.1 (20) [M+H]+.
Ί I NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.54 (m, 111).1.98 (m, III).2.43 (br. d, 1H), 2.69 (m,
1H), 2.79 (dd, 1H), 3.93 (dd, 211).4.18 (br, 1H), 4.53 (d, 211).4.69 (d, 1H), 5.27 (t, 1H), 6.75 (s, lH),7.16(m, 2H), 7.95 (s, III).
Example 27
1 -( {4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2, 1 -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl}methyl)- piperidin-3-ol
Figure imgf000105_0002
To a solution of Intermediate 50A (150 mg, 0.30 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) was added 0.60 mL (0.60 mmol) of a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in THF, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for I h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, and the residue was purified by preparative 11 PLC (method 3) to give 65 mg (56% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 7): R, = 0.33 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 390.3 (100) [M+H]+. if NMR (400 MHz, ί/,,-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.02 (br. m, 1H), 1.40 (br. m. 1H), 1.60 (br. m, 1H), 1.77 (br. m, 211).1.95 (br. m, 1H), 2.73 (br. m, 1H), 2.88 (br. m, 1H), 3.43 (br. m, 1H), 3.83 (br. m, 2H), 4.54 (br. d, 3H), 5.27 (t, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.95 (s, 111).
Example 28
?ra»s-4-{4-Amino-5-[3-ethyl-5-fluoro-4-(h^
cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000106_0001
intermediate 24A (120 mg, 0.39 mmol) and Intermediate 58A (130 mg, 0.46 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (3.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon. Tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium(O) (22 mg, 0.02 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.7 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 36 mg (23% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 385 (100) [M+Hf, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 383 (100) [M-llf.
Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSC)-< ): δ (ppm) = 1.24 (t, 3H), 1.28-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 211).
1.94-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.82 (q, 211).3.03 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 4.53 (m, 211).4.61 (d, III).5.02 (t, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, III).7.15 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 111). Example 29 ira«s-4- {4-Amino-5-[3-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethy^
yl} cyclohexanol
Figure imgf000107_0001
Intermediate 24A (120 mg, 0.39 mmol) and Intermediate 59A (163 mg, 80% purity, 0.46 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vial and flushed with argon. Tetra- kis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (45 mg, 0.04 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2) to give 6 mg (4% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 5): Rt = 1.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 387 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 385 (100) M-I IJ .
Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/,,): δ (ppm) = 1.24-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.53 (m, 21 1 ). 1.90-1.93 (m,
2H), 2.00-2.04 (m, 21 1 ). 3.04 (m, 1H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 4.83 (t, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.91 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Example 30
{4-[4-Amino-7-(piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluoro-6-methoxyphenyl} - methanol
Figure imgf000108_0001
Intermediate 63 A (50 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then all volatiles were removed by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 30 mg (76% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 6): t = 0.59 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 372 (10) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 370 (100) [M-H]~ l MR (400 MHz, DMSO-^ t: δ (ppm) = 1.50-2.08 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 6.60 (s, i l l ). 6.84 (d, 11 1 ). 6.89 (s, 11 1 ). 7.90 (s, 11 1 ).
Example 31
{4-[4-Amino-7-(piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluoro-6-methylphenyl} - methanol
Intermediate 64A (1 10 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then all volatiles were removed by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 59 mg (78% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): Rt = 1.10 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 356 (40) [M+H , MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 354 (100) [M-H]~. l MR (400 MHz, DMSO-efe): δ (ppm) = 1.44-2.08 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3. 17- 3.27 (m, 3H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 4.98 (t, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, I I I ). 7.1 1 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H).
Example 32
{4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj [1 ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluoro-6-methylphenyl} - methanol
Figure imgf000110_0001
Intermediate 65A (90 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, then all volatiles were removed by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 2). The product thus obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 27 mg (47% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 4): R, = 1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 342 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 340 (100) [M-H]~~. ΐ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-J,, ): δ (ppm) = 1.80-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.85-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, I I I ). 4.55 (br. s, 2H), 4.98 (t, 1 1 1 ). 6.63 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7. 1 1 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H).
Example 33 1 - {4-Amino-5-[3 ,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo [2, 1 -fj [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-7-yl} cyclo- hexanol trifluoroacetate
Intermediate 61A (95 mg, 0.31 mmol) and Intermediate 1A (87 mg, 0.32 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (2.0 mL) in a microwave reactor vessel and flushed with argon. Tetrakis(triphenylphos- phine)palladium(O) (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for I h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was directly purified by preparative 1 1 PLC (method 2) to give 6 mg (4% of th.) of the title compound.
LC-MS (method 6): Rt = 1.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 375 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 373 (100) [M-H]~. l NMR (400 MHz, DMS( )-(/„>: δ (ppm) = 1.20-1.33 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.51 (m, 21 1 ). 1.60-1.82 (m, 511 ). 2.17-2.28 (m, 211 ). 4.5 1 (s, 21 1 ). 6.76 (s, 1H), 7. 17 (m, 211 ). 8.02 (s, 1H).
Example 34
(4-{4-Amino-7-[2-(aminomethyl)-l ,3-thiazol-4-yl]pyrrolo[2,l-f][l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl} -2,6-difluoro- phenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000112_0001
Intermediate 62A (67 mg, 0.16 mmol), Intermediate I A (51 mg, 0.19 mmol), tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium(O) (18 mg, 0.02 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. sodium carbonate solution (0.94 mL) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (2.50 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. The vial was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 140°C for 3 h in a single-mode microwave device. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with acetonitrile and treated with diethyl ether. The resulting precipitate was collected and puri iied by preparative HPLC (method 2). The product thus obtained (15 mg) was subsequently treated with a 20% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 mL) for 20 min. The volatiles were removed by distillation, and the residue was treated with cone, aqueous sodium carbonate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give the title compound (10 mg, 13% of th.) as a colorless solid.
LC-MS (method 4): R, = 1.12 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 389 (25) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 387 (100) M-i lJ . ΐ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ (ppm) = 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.53 (m, 211 ). 5.30 (t, I I I ). 7.18-7.23 (m, 3H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, I I I ).
Example 35 e«/- {4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,l -fJ[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl}methanol (enantiomer 1)
Figure imgf000113_0001
The title compound was obtained by separation of racemic Example 8 (54 mg) using preparative chiral 1 I PLC [column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: isohexane/ethanol 35:65; flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection: 220 nmj. Yield: 12.5 mg. Analytical chiral 1 1 PLC [column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H. 5 μηι, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; eluent: isohexane/ethanol 50:50 + 0.2% diethylamine; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nm]: R, = 9.452 min, e.e. >99%.
HPLC (method 9): Rt = 0.70 min;
LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.42 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 346.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 344.0 (100) [M-H]~.
Example 36 e« - {4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyTO
{enantiomer 2)
Figure imgf000113_0002
The title compound was obtained by separation of racemic Example 8 ( 54 mg) using preparative chiral HPLC [column: Dai eel Chiralpak AD-H, 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: isohexane/ethanol 35:65; flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection: 220 nm]. Yield: 14 mg.
Analytical chiral HPLC [column: Dai eel Chiralpak AD- 1 1. 5 μηι, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; eluent: iso- hexane/ethanol 50:50 + 0.2% diethylamine; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nm]: R, = 13.695 min, e.e. >99%.
HPLC (method 9): Rt = 0.71 min;
LC-MS (method 10): R, = 0.42 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 346.1 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 344.0 (100) [M-! IJ". Example 37 rac- {4-[4-Amino-7-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2, 1 -fj[l ,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-ethyl-6-fluorophenyl} - methanol
Figure imgf000114_0001
Intermediate 66A (72 mg, 0.158 mmol) was dissolved in diclilorometliane (3.8 mL) at 0°C and trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 40 min, then all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 6). The combined product containing fractions were adjusted to basic pi I using saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered. The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 31 mg (56% of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 9): R( = 0.81 min; LC-MS (method 10): R, = 0.55 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 356.3 (50) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 354.2 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, < -DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1.23 (t, 3H), 1.84-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.81 (q, 2H), 2.80-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.72 (m, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 5.00 (t, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H).
Example 38 rac-{4-[4-Amino-7-(piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-ethyl-6-fluorop
methanol
Figure imgf000115_0001
Intermediate 67A (108 mg, 0.230 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5.2 mL) at 0°C and triiluoroacetic acid (1.4 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 40 min, then all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 6). The combined product containing fractions were adjusted to basic pi 1 using saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was suspen- ded in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered. The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to give 83 mg (85% of th.) of the title compound.
HPLC (method 9): R = 0.81 min;
LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.58 min; MS (ESIpos): m z (%) = 370.3 (50) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 368.3 (100) [M-H]~ !H NMR (400 MHz, d6-OMSO): δ (ppm) = 1.22 (t, 3H), 1.51-1.72 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.81 (q, 2H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 1 1 1 ). 3.20-3.27 (m, 1 1 1 ). 4.56 (d, 211 ). 5.00 (t, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.14 (m, 211 ). 7.91 (s, 1H).
Example 39 rac- {4-Amino-5- [3 -ethyl-5-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)plienyl]pyrrolo [2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]tri;
(cyclopropyl)methanol
Figure imgf000116_0001
Intermediate 17A (83 mg, 0.29 mmol), Intermediate 58A (98 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (17 mg, 0.015 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (2.3 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (0.53 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. After degassing for 5 min using argon, the reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 150°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added, and the mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concen- trated. The residue was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC" (method 5) to give the title compound. Yield: 63 mg (61 % ofth.).
1 1 PLC (method 9): Rt = 1.13 min;
LC-MS (method 10): R( = 0.78 min: MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 357.3 (300) [M+Hf, MS (ESineg): m/z (%) = 355.3 (100) [M-H]~ l NMR (400 MHz, <¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.39 (m, 3H), 0.48 (m, 11 1 ). 1.23 (t, 3H), 1.35 (m, 11 1 ). 2.81 (q, 2H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 4.68 (m, I I I ). 5.01 (m, I I I ). 5.21 (m, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1 1 1 ). Example 40 rac- {4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3 -methoxypherryl]pyrrolo[2, l-fj[l ,2,4]triazin-7-yl} (cyclo- propyl)methanol
Figure imgf000117_0001
Intermediate 68A (130 mg, 0.353 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahy dro furan (6.9 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Lithium aluminium hydride solution (1 M in diethylether, 0.78 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (method 8) to give the title compound. Yield: 63 mg (51% of th.). LC-MS (method 10): t = 0.62 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 341.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 339.1 (100) [M-H]~.
Example 41 e«i-4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyphenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl} (cyclo- propyl)methanol (enantiomer 1)
Figure imgf000118_0001
The title compound was obtained by separation of racemic Example 40 (63 mg) using preparative chiral 1 1 PLC [column: Daicel Chiralpak IC, 5 μιη, 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: teri-butyl methyl ether/methanol 85: 15; flow rate: 15 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nmj. Yield: 17 mg.
Analytical chiral 1 1 PLC [column: Daicel Chiralpak IC, 5 μm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; eluent: ferf-butyl methyl ether/methanol 85: 15; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nmj: t = 4.76 min. e.e. >99%.
LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.67 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 341.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 339.1 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, < -DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 0.40 (m, 3H), 0.48 (m, IH), 1.36 (m, IH), 3.83 (s, 311 ). 4.54 (d, 211 ). 4.68 (m, IH), 5.07 (t, IH), 5.25 (d, I I I ). 6.74 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.00 (s, IH), 7.03 (d, IH), 7.47 (d, IH), 7.89 (s, 1 1 1 ).
Example 42 e«i-4-Amino-5-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyphenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl} (cyclo- propyl)methanol (enantiomer 2)
Figure imgf000119_0001
The title compound was obtained by separation of racemic Example 40 (63 mg) using preparative chiral 1 1P1.C [column: Daicel Chiralpak IC, 5 μηι, 250 mm x 20 mm; eluent: teri-butyl methyl ether/methanol 85: 15; flow rate: 1 5 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nmj. Yield: 25 mg.
Analytical chiral 1 1 PLC [column: Daicel Chiralpak IC, 5 μm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; eluent: ferf-butyl methyl ether/methanol 85: 15; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; temperature: 40°C; UV detection: 220 nmj: t = 6.37 min. e.e. >99%.
LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.67 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 341.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 339.1 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, i¾-DMSO): δ (ppm) = 0.40 (m, 3H), 0.48 (m, IH), 1.36 (m, IH), 3.83 (s, 311 ). 4.54 (d, 211 ). 4.68 (m, IH), 5.07 (t, IH), 5.25 (d, IH), 6.74 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7.00 (s, IH), 7.03 (d, IH), 7.47
(d, IH), 7.89 (s, IH).
Example 43 [4-(4-Amino-7-isopropylpyrrolo[2,l -fj[l,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2,6-difluorophenyl]methanol
Figure imgf000120_0001
Intermediate 71 A (181 mg, 0.709 mmol), Intermediate 1A (239 mg, 0.887 mmol) and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (41 mg, 0.035 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of N,N-dimethyl- formamide (12.5 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.42 mL) in a microwave reac- tor vial. The reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 130°C for 2 h in a single-mode microwave device. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with water and with brine (10 ml . each). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (puriFlash, Interchim, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 1 : 1 to 100% ethyl acetate gradient) followed by preparative HPLC (method 6). The product containing fractions were combined and adjusted to basic pH using saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The acetonitrile solvent was removed, and the precipitated product was collected by filtration. Yield: 69 mg (3 1 % of th.).
HPLC (method 9): Rt = 1.35 min; LC-MS (method 10): Rt = 0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 319.0 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 317.0 (100) [M-H]~
!H NMR (400 MHz, </ft-DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1.30 (d, 61 1 ). 3.42 (m, 1H), 4.54 (s, 211 ). 5.26 (s, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1 1 1 ). 7. 14 (m, 21 ). 7.94 (s, 1 1 ).
Example 44 rac-l -{4-Amino-5-[3,5-difluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,l -f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl} - ethanol
Figure imgf000121_0001
Intermediate 72A (230 mg, 0.743 mmol), Intermediate 2 A (192 mg, 0.89 mmol) and tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine)palladium(O) (86 mg, 0.074 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (4.6 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.16 mL) in a microwave reactor vial. The reaction vessel was crimp-capped, and the mixture was heated to 140°C for 1 h in a single-mode microwave device. Alter cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was purified by preparative 1 1 PLC" (method 8) to yield 48 mg of material which was further purified by preparative HPLC (method 9). Yield: 1 1 mg (4.6% of th.).
LC-MS (method 5): R, = 0.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) = 321.3 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) = 319.3 (100) [M-H]~. l NMR (400 MHz, <4-DMSO ): δ (ppm) = 1 .47 (d, 3H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 5.16-5.39 (m, 211 ). 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.88 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H).
B. Evaluation of Biological Activity Abbreviations and Acronyms:
ATCC American Type Culture Collection
ATP adenosine triphosphate
Bq Bequerel
Brdli 5-bromo-2-deoxyuridine
BSA bovine serum albumin
CI 10 Chinese hamster ovary
cpm counts per minute
Ct cycle threshold
DMEM/F12 Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium / Ham's F12 medium (1 : 1)
DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
DTT dithiothreitol
EDTA ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid
ENGS MV microvascular endothelial cell culture medium
FAM carboxyfluorescein succinimidyl ester
FCS fetal calf serum
hBMP9 human bone morphogenic factor 9
I IE PES 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine- 1 -ethanesulfonic acid
HMVEC human microvascular endothelial cell(s)
HPMC hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose
HTRF homogeneous time resolved fluorescence
HUVEC human vascular endothelial cell(s)
[I] inhibitor concentration
IC50 concentration with 50% inhibitory effect
LDI I lactate dehydrogenase
mRNA messenger ribonucleic acid
NADU nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide
Nonidet P40 4-ethylphenoxy-poly(ethyleneglycol)ether (n = 11)
PBS phosphate buffered saline
PE polyethylene
PEG polyethylene glycol
PK pyruvate kinase
p.o. per os qPCR quantitative polymerase chain reaction
RNA ribonucleic acid
RTL buffer RNeasy lysis buffer
SEQ ID NO sequence identity number
SFM serum free medium
TAMRA carboxytetramethylrhodamine
Tris 2 -amino-2 -hydroxy methylpropane- 1 ,3-diol
Triton X- 1 00 4-ieri-octylphenoxy-poly(ethyleneglycol)ether (n = 10)
Demonstration of the activity of the compounds of the present invention may be accomplished through in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo assays that are well known in the art. For example, to demonstrate the activity of the compounds of the present invention, the following assays may be used.
B-la. In vitro enzyme inhibition using scintillation of incorporated radio label (flashplatc «ssav)
Test principle:
Test compounds diluted in DMSO are mixed with a suitable substrate / co-substrate (here: bio- tinylated a-casein and 3P-ATP) in a corresponding assay buffer. Addition of the enzyme of interest (here: ALKl kinase) starts the enzyme reaction. The enzyme-catalyzed incorporation of radio label into the substrate is measured via scintillation. Incorporated radio label is separated from free radio label via specific binding of the biotinylated substrate to strepavidin-coated microliter plates (flashplates) and concomitant washing steps. The scintillation signal intensity (counts per minutes, cpm) is proportional to the enzyme activity. Enzyme inhibition results in a decreased signal intensity. IC50 values of the test compounds are determined by cpm-versus-[I] plots.
Reaction buffer:
Reaction buffer contains 50 mM Tris pi I 8.0 (Sigma), 1 mM MnCi2 (Sigma), 0.01% Nonidet P40 (Fluka), 0.5 x Complete EDTA-free protease inhibitors (Roche; contains a mixture of several pro- tease inhibitors for the inhibition of serine and cysteine (but not metallo-) proteases; I tablet contains protease inhibitors sufficient for a 50 ml cell extract; the concentration used in this assay corresponds to 1 tablet in 100 ml).
Other buffers:
1.) Stop solution: Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria), 25 mM EDTA (Sigma), 25 μΜ ATP (Roche), 0.05% Triton X- 1 00 (Sigma); 2. ) Saturation buffer: Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria), 100 μΜ ATP (Roche), 0.2%
Triton X- 100 (Sigma);
3. ) Wash buffer: Dulbecco's PBS (PAA, Pasching, Austria).
Enzyme solution:
ALK1 (Invitrogen, Paisley, United Kingdom) stock solution (35.7 ng/μΐ) is diluted to 4 ng/μΐ; final concentration in the reaction is 1 ng/μΐ.
Substrate solution:
Dephosphorylated a-casein (Sigma) is biotinylated according to the manufacturer's protocol (Pierce, Bonn, Germany) resulting in a stock solution of 61.6 μΜ. Briefly, EZ-Link® Sulfo-NHS- Biotin reagent (sulfosuccinimidyl-6-(biotinamido)hexanoate; Pierce, Bonn. Germany) is added in equal molarity to a-casein and incubated on ice for 2 h. Afterwards, the biotin reagent is removed by dialysis (2 x 2 h and overnight).
A 100 mM solution of cold (unlabelled) ATP (Roche) is diluted 1 : 100 before each test. For the substrate mix, α-casein is diluted to 2.22 μΜ resulting in a final concentration of 1 μΜ α-casein in the reaction. Additionally, cold ATP is added to give a I . I I μΜ solution which results in a final concentration of 500 nM in the reaction.
Radioactive ATP solution:
The stock solution (9.25 MBq/25 μΐ of 33P-ATP; Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany) is diluted to 651.2 Bq/μΐ. This corresponds to a final concentration of 162.8 Bq/μί. Compound solution:
Compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO (10 mM stock solution) and diluted to 2 mM. Further dilutions are made stepwise 1 :3.16 in DMSO.
Step-bv-step protocol:
A volume of 9 μΐ substrate solution is provided into each well of a 384 well microtiter plate (Greiner Bio-One, Solingen, Germany). 1 μΐ compound solution and 5 μΐ of the radioactive ATP solution are added. Enzyme reaction starts with addition of 5 μΐ of enzyme solution. The mixture is incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature and then stopped by addition of 10 μΐ stop solution. The 384 well microtiter fiashplates (Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany) are saturated with 50 μΐ saturation buffer per well for at least 60 minutes. Subsequently, a volume of 20 μΐ is discarded and replaced with 20 μΐ of the stopped A I K I reaction mixture. Binding of biotinylated substrate to the flashplate is allowed for by overnight incubation at room temperature. Bound substrate is separated from unbound components through repeated washing steps (3 x 50 μΐ washing bu fer per well). Finally, 50 μΐ washing buffer is added, and the scintillation signal (cpm) is measured in a suitable counter (Perkin Elmer, Rodgau, Germany).
IC50 values for individual compounds of the present invention are listed in Table 1 below: Table 1
Example No. AI.K 1 ICso [nM]
I 2.0
2 2.8
3 4.0
4 1.0
5 1.3
6 40
7 2.0
8 4.4
9 5.7
10 8.0
1 1 1.9
12 5.9
13 4.0
14 5.3
15 60
16 2.6
1 7 2.0
18 80
19 19
20 30 Example No. ALKl ICso |n.M |
22 17
23 30
24 140
25 65
26 30
27 70
28 170
29 1.0
30 2.0
31 4.0
32 4.0
33 15
34 4. 1
40 3.2
41 3.5
42 1.2
43 1.9
44 3.8
B-lb. ALKl kinase assay (ProQmase protocol)
ALKl (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA, USA) kinase activity was measured at ProQinase GmbH ( Freiburg. Germany) in a radiometric assay using γ-33Ρ-ΑΤΡ and casein (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA) as substrate in 96-weli PerkinElmer FlashPlates™ (Boston, MA, USA). The compounds were tested at 10 concentrations in the range of 1 x 10"4 M to 3 x 10"9 M in a total volume of 50 μΐ with a final
DMSO concentration of 1 % each. The assay components were mixed in the order: 20 μΐ assay buffer (70 mM HEPES-NaOH, pi I 7.5. 3 mM MgCl2, 3 mM MnCl¾ 2 μΜ sodium orthovanadate, 1.2 mM DTT); - 5 μ! γ-33Ρ-ΑΤΡ (1.0 μΜ in water, approx. 6 x 105 cpm per well); 5 μ! test compound solution (in 10% DMSO);
- 10 μΐ substrate (200 μ^πιΐ, 1.0 μ^50 μΐ final concentration) / enzyme (4 μg/ml, 20 ng/50 μΐ = 5.5 nM final concentration) solution (1 : 1 mixture). The reaction mixtures were incubated at 30°C for 60 minutes and stopped by adding 50 μί 2% (v/v) phosphoric acid. The plates were aspirated and washed twice with 200 μΐ 0.9% (w/v) sodium chloride. Incorporation of 33Pi was determined with a microplate scintillation counter (Microbeta, Wallac). All assays were performed using a BeckmanCoulter/SAGIAN™ Core System.
Median values obtained from unspecific substrate binding of labelled ATP were set as background level, while median values measured in the absence of any inhibitor were considered to reflect full activity of ALK1 kinase. The background activity (ba) was subtracted from the full activity (fa) value as well as from the values obtained from the test compound containing samples (test compound activity, tea). The residual activity in the latter was calculated as follows: residual activity (%) = 100 x [(tca-ba)/(fa-ba)] The residual activities for each concentration and the compound IC50 values were calculated using Quattro Workflow V3.1.0 (Quattro Research GmbH, Munich, Germany). The fitting model for the IC50 determinations was "Sigmoidal response (variable slope)" with parameters "top" fixed at 100% and "bottom" at 0%. The fitting method used was a least-squares fit.
Representative IC50 values from this assay are listed in Table 2 below: Table 2
Example No. AI .K 1 K [nM]
7 6.7
1 1 3.0
28 124
35 6.9
36 21
37 < 3
38 4.0 Example No. ALK1 ICso |n.M |
39 5.7
B-2a. Smad7 target gene induction: HMVEC ceil assay and TaqMan expression analysis
Activation of ALK1 receptors by B induces the Smadl/5 signalling pathway and enhances expression of target genes Smad6, Smad7 and Id- 1 . Induction of Smad7-mRNA in BMP9-stimu- lated endothelial cells was determined to monitor the cellular potency of ALK1 kinase inhibitors.
Human microvascular endothelial cells (HMVECadult, Cell Systems, St. atharinen) were seeded in complete ENGS MV medium with all supplements (Lifeline Cell Technology) in 96 well plates with 10 000 cells per well. After 4 h incubation at 37°C and 7.5% CO2 in a humidified incubator, medium was replaced with minimal medium (ENGS MV without supplements containing 0.02% FCS). After 16 h, test compounds or medium (controls) were added to the cultures, followed 30 min later by addition of liBMP9 (R&D Systems). Medium was removed 1 to 4 h later, plates were gently washed with phosphate-buffered saline, and cells were lysed with 150 μΐ per well of ice-cold RLT buffer (Qiagen).
Total cellular RNA was isolated with the Trizol® reagent protocol according to the manufacturer's specifications (Invitrogen, USA) and treated with DNAsel to remove genomic DNA contamination.
For relative quantitation of the mRNA distribution of hSmad7, total RNA from each sample was first reverse-transcribed using the ImProm-II Reverse Transcription System (Promega, USA) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The final volume was adjusted to 200 μΐ with water.
For relative quantitation of selected mRNA, the Applied Bioscience ABI 7900HT Sequence Detection System was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols. PGR reactions were set up to quantitate liSmad7- and the housekeeping gene L32-mRNA. Forward and reverse primers and probes for hSmad7 and L32 were designed using the Applied Bioscience ABI Primer Express™ software and were synthesized by Eurogentec (Belgium). The hSmad7 forward primer sequence was: Primer 1 (SEQ ID NO 1). The hSmad7 reverse primer sequence was: Primer 2 (SEQ ID NO 2). Probe 1 (SEQ I D NO 3), labelled with FAM as the reporter dye and TAMRA as the quencher, was used as a probe for hSmad7. The L32 forward primer sequence was: Primer 3 (SEQ ID NO 4). The L32 reverse primer sequence was: Primer 4 (SEQ ID NO 5). Probe 2 (SEQ ID NO 6), labelled with FAM as the reporter dye and TAMRA as the quencher, was used as a probe for 1. . SEQ ID list:
5' to 3'
SEQ ID NO 1 hSmad7 primer 1 CCCTCCTTACTCCAGATACCC
(forward primer)
SEQ ID NO 2 hSmad? primer 2 GGAGGAAGGCACAGCATCT
(reverse primer)
SEQ ID NO 3 liSmad7 probe 1 TTTTCTCAAACCAACTGCAGACTGTCC
SEQ ID NO 4 L32 primer 3 AAGTTCATCCGGCACCAGTC
(forward primer)
SEQ ID NO 5 1. 2 primer 4 TGGCCCTTGAATCTTCTACGA
(reverse primer)
SEQ ID NO 6 1.32 probe 2 CCCAGAGGCATTGACAACAGGG
The following reagents were prepared in a total of 20 μΐ added per well: 1 x qPCR-MasterMix (Eurogentec, Belgium) and hSmad7 forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM hSmad7 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe 1 (SEQ ID NO 3), and 5 μΐ of template cDNA. Correspondingly, a second mix in a total of 20 μΐ was prepared using 1.32 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe 2 (SEQ ID NO 6) and 1.32 forward and reverse primers added per well in parallel samples.
Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min. Calculation of relative expression:
The Ct (cycle threshold) values were calculated from the turning point of PGR product quantity curves by the AACt method (delta-delta Ct):
ACt = Cthsmaij7 - CtL32; relative expression = 2(15~Δ(¾.
ICso values of test compounds were calculated on basis of relative Smad7 expressions at different compound concentrations. Representative values are listed in Table 3 below:
Table 3
Example No. hSmad7 IC50 [nM]
1 100 Example No. hSmad7 ICso |n.M |
2 125
3 180
5 150
7 130
8 60
1 1 90
1 7 120
20 4400
21 6000
22 800
B-2b. Smad7 target gene induction: HUVEC cell assay and Tag Man expression analysis
The in vitro potency of ALK1 inhibitors was tested in a cell-based assay. Bone morphogenetic protein 9 (BMP9) induces Smad7 mRNA expression in human vascular endothelial cells (HUVEC) via activation of ALK1.
1.5 x 104 passage 2 HUVEC s (Lonza, Basel, Switzerland) per well were seeded in a 96-well plate in EBM-2 medium containing EGM-2 additives and growth factors (Lonza, CC-3156 and CC- 4176). After 4 h, the medium was changed to EBM-2 with 0.2% fetal calf serum (FCS) and the cells were starved for 20 h in a humidified incubator at 37°C, 5% CO2. Test compounds were added at 11 different concentrations between 0 and 10 000 iiM one hour prior to stimulation of the cells for 3 h with recombinant human BMP9 protein at 1 ng/ml (dissolved in 4 niM hydrochloric acid, 0.1% BSA at 10 ng/ml; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA, 3209BP). Medium was removed, and the cells were lysed in 100 μΐ RLT buffer (Qiagen, 1 li!den. Germany). RNA was isolated using the Qiagen RNeasy 96 Kit (order-No. 74182) according to manufacturer's instructions and eluted from the columns with 65 μΐ RNAse-free water. Reverse transcription for quantitative RT-PCR was carried out with the Omniscript Kit (Qiagen, 205113) in RNAse-free 96-well round- bottom plates. Per well, 6.8 μΐ of a reaction master mix containing 2 μΐ l Ox RT -buffer, 2 μΐ dNTPs (5 niM each), 1.6 μΐ random primer N6 (125 μΜ), 0.25 μΐ Rnase Out (40 U/μΙ) and 1 μΐ Omniscript Reverse Transcriptase were added. After addition of 13.2 μΐ of the RNA/water mixture, plate contents were mixed, incubated for 1 h at 37°C and the total volume adjusted to 100 μΐ in each well by addition of 80 μΐ RNAse-free water.
The quantification of human Smad7 mRNA was carried out on a TaqMan using the Eurogentec qPCR Mastermix Pius (RT-QP2X-03-075+: Cologne, Germany) and employing human L32 as housekeeping reterence mRNA. Per qPCR reaction, 2.8 μΐ primer mix, 10 μΐ master mix, 2.2 μΐ water and 5 μΐ cDNA were added. Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
Smad7 mRNA levels induced by 1 ng/ml BMP9 without the addition of any inhibitor were set at 100% induction, and % inhibition was calculated for each test compound with this value. For each test compound, every value was determined in quadruplicate. The IC50 values were determined using Microsoft Excel. The fitting method used was a weighted, unconstrained ML- tit.
Representative IC50 values from this assay are listed in Table 4 below:
Table 4
Example No. hSmad7 IC50 |n\1 |
1 94
2 160
3 120
5 290
7 140
1 1 180
1 7 290
20 5900
21 790
22 3100
30 51
37 330
39 500 Example No. hSmad7 ICso |n.M |
40 62
41 77
42 6,6
43 27
B-3. Systemic efficacy in the !aser-induced choroidal neovascularization (CNV) model
The aim of this study was to determine whether once daily systemic administration (i.p.) of a test compound resulted in a decrease of vascular leakage and/or choroidal neovascularization in a rat model of laser-induced choroidal neovascularisation.
For this purpose. 16 pigmented Brown-Norway rats with no visible sign of ocular defects were selected and randomly divided into two groups of eight animals each. On day 0, the animals were anaesthetized by an intraperitoneal injection (15 mg/kg xylazine and 80 mg/kg ketamine). After instillation of one drop of 0.5% tropicamide to dilate the pupils, choroidal neovascularisation was induced by executing six 75 inn-sized choroidal burns around the optic disc of the right eyes using a 532 nm argon laser photocoagulation at 150 mW for 100 ms. The test compound and vehicle control (10% ethanol, 90% PEG 400) were administered once daily by intraperitoneal (i.p.) injections with dosing of the test compound at 50 mg/kg on days 0 and 1 , and then continuing with 20 mg/kg from day 2 to day 23. The body weight of all animals was recorded before the start and once daily during the study.
An angiography was performed on day 21 using Heidelberg's Retinal Angiograph (HRA). After anaesthesia and pupillary dilation, 10% sodium fluorescein dye was injected subcutaneously, and images were recorded 10 min after dye injection. The vascular leakage of the fluorescein on the angiograms was evaluated by two examiners in a masked fashion and scored with 0 (no leakage) to 3 (strongly stained).
After euthanasia on day 23, the eyes were harvested and fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde solution for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing, the retina was carefully peeled, and the sclera-choroid was fiat-mounted and incubated after blocking with a FITC-isolectine B4 antibody. The flat- mounted preparations were examined under a fluorescence microscope (Apotom) at 488 nm excitation wavelength. The volume of choroidal neovascularisation was scored by morphometric analysis of images using Axiovision 4.6 software. For Example 1 1 as a representative of the compounds of the present invention, the following results were obtained in this model:
Figure imgf000133_0001
B-4. Topical efficacy in the laser-induced choroidal neovascularization (C V) mode! The aim of this study was to determine whether twice daily topical administration (eye drops) of a test compound resulted in a decrease of vascular leakage and/or choroidal neovascularization in a rat model of laser- induced choroidal neovascularisation.
For this purpose. 65 pigmented Brown-Norway rats with no visible sign of ocular defects were selected and randomly assigned to six different groups (for n-numbers, see table below). On day 0, the animals were anaesthetized by an intraperitoneal injection (15 mg/kg xylazine and 80 mg kg ketamine). After instillation of one drop of 0.5% tropicamide to dilate the pupils, choroidal neovascularisation was induced by burning six holes into the retina (disruption of Bruch's membrane ) of one eye per animal using a 532 nm argon laser (lesion size: 50 μιιι; laser intensity: 1 0 mW; stimulus duration: 100 ms). Test compounds and vehicle controls were topically administered twice daily by instilling respective eye drops into the affected eye. The test compounds were dosed as follows: 10 μΐ of an eye drop formulation containing 20 mg/ml of the respective test compound suspended either in 100% liquid paraffin or in an aqueous vehicle (HPMC 15 cP 3.5%, polysorbate 80 0.5%, NaCl 0.9% in water) were applied to the affected eye twice daily at a 10 to 14 hour interval during the complete observation period of 23 days. Control animals received the respective vehicle (100% liquid paraffin or aqueous vehicle) topically twice daily. The body weight of all animals was recorded before the start and once daily during the study.
An angiography was performed on day 21 using a fluorescence fundus camera (Kowe). Here, after anaesthesia and pupillary dilation, 10% sodium fluorescein dye was injected subcutaneously, and images were recorded 2 and 10 min after dye injection. The vascular leakage of the fluorescein on the angiograms was evaluated by three different examiners who were blinded for group allocation (test compound versus vehicle), and scored with 0 (no leakage) to 3 (strongly stained).
On day 23, animals were sacrificed, and eyes were harvested and fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde solution for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing, the retina was carefully peeled, washed, blocked and stained with a FITC-isolectine B4 antibody in order to visualize the vasculature. Then, the sclera-choroids were flat-mounted and examined under a fluorescence microscope (Keyence Biozero) at 488 nm excitation wavelength. The area (in μιη2) of choroidal neovascularization was measured using ImageTool software. For Examples 7 and 1 1 as representative compounds of the present invention, the following results were obtained in this model:
Figure imgf000134_0001
Although the invention has been disclosed with reference to specific embodiments, it is apparent that other embodiments and variations of the invention may be devised by others skilled in the art without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. The claims are intended to be construed to include all such embodiments and equivalent variations.
C. Examples relating to Pharmaceutical Compositions
Pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention can be illustrated as follows: Sterile ΪΛ;. solution:
A 5 mg/mL solution of the desired compound of the invention can he made using sterile, injectable water, and the pi I is adjusted if necessary. The solution is diluted for administration to 1 -2 mg/mL with sterile 5% dextrose and is administered as an i.v. infusion over about 60 minutes.
Lyophilized powder for i.v. administration:
A sterile preparation can be prepared with (z) 100-1000 mg of the desired compound of the invention as a lyophilized powder, (ii) 32-327 mg/mL sodium citrate, and (iii) 300-3000 mg Dextran 40. The formulation is reconstituted with sterile, injectable saline or 5% dextrose to a concentration of 10 to 20 mg/mL, which is further diluted with saline or 5% dextrose to 0.2 to 0.4 mg/mL, and is administered either as i.v. bolus or by i.v. infusion over 15-60 minutes.
Intramuscular suspension:
The following solution or suspension can be prepared for intramuscular injection: 50 mg/mL of the desired, water-insoluble compound of the invention; 5 mg/mL sodium carboxy- methylcellulose; 4 mg/mL Tween 80; 9 mg/mL sodium chloride; 9 mg/mL benzyl alcohol.
Hard shell capsules:
A large number f unit capsules are prepared by tilling standard two-piece hard gelatin capsules each with 100 mg of the desired, powdered compound of the invention, 150 mg of lactose, 0 mg of cellulose and 6 mg of magnesium stearate.
Soft gelatin capsules:
A mixture of the desired compound of the invention in a digestible oil, such as soybean oil, cottonseed oil or olive oil, is prepared and injected by means of a positive displacement pump into molten gelatin to form soft gelatin capsules containing 100 mg f the active ingredient. The capsules are washed and dried. The desired compound of the invention can be dissolved in a mixture of polyethylene glycol, glycerin and sorbitol to prepare a water-miscible medicine mix.
Tablets:
A large number of tablets are prepared by conventional procedures so that the dosage unit is 100 mg of the desired compound of the invention, 0.2 mg of colloidal silicon dioxide, 5 mg of magnesium stearate, 275 mg of microcrystalline cellulose, 1 1 mg of starch, and 98.8 mg of lactose. Appropriate aqueous and non-aqueous coatings may be applied to increase palatability, improve elegance and stability, or delay absorption.
Solution or suspension for topical application to the eve (eve drops):
A sterile formulation can be prepared with 100 mg of the desired compound of the invention as a lyophilized powder reconstituted in 5 ml of sterile saline. As preservative, benzalkonium chloride, thimerosal, phenylmercuric nitrate, or the like may be used in a range of about 0.001 % to 1% by weight.

Claims

We claim:
1. A compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein
A is N or C-R , wherein
R2 represents hydrogen, fluoro or chloro,
R1 represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy, and
Z represents (Ci-C4)-alkyl or (C3-Ce)-cycloalkyl each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or represents a heterocyclic group of the foi
Figure imgf000137_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R3 represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R3 is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom,
represents a thiazole group of the formula
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R4 represents hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl,
represents a group of the formula
Figure imgf000138_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety,
R5 represents (C3-C6)-cycioalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydro - pyranyl,
R" represents hydrogen or hydroxy,
R represents hydrogen or hydroxy, with the proviso that when R is hydroxy, this hydroxy is not attached to a ring carbon atom located adjacent to the ring nitrogen atom, and
Y is 0, NH or NCH3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate and/or solvate thereof.
2. The compound of formula (I) according to Claim 1, wherein
A is C-R , wherein
R~ represents hydrogen or fluoro, R! represents hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy, and
Z represents ^-propyl, w-butyl or cyclohexyl each of which may be substituted with hydroxy, or represents a heterocyclic group of the foi
Figure imgf000139_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, or
Z represents a thiazole group of the formula
Figure imgf000139_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl, or Z represents a group of the formula
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, R5 represents cyclopropyl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl, R" represents hydroxy,
and
Y is O,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate and/or solvate thereof.
3. The compound of formula (I) according to Claim I or 2, wherein
A is C-R2, wherein
R2 represents hydrogen or fluoro,
R! represents hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy,
and
Z represents 4-hydroxybutyl or 4-hydroxycyclohexyl,
or
Z represents a heterocyclic group of the formula
Figure imgf000140_0002
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, or represents a thiazole group of the torn
Figure imgf000141_0001
wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R4 represents methyl, ethyl, amino or aminomethyl, or
Z represents a group of the formula
,CH
R \
OH wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the pyrrolotriazine moiety, and
R5 represents cyclopropyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate and/or solvate thereof.
4. A process for preparing a compound of formula (I) as defined in Claims 1 to 3, characterized in that a bromopyrrolotriazine of formula (II)
Figure imgf000141_0002
wherein Z has the meaning indicated in Claim 1 to 3, is either coupled with an arylboronic acid or ester of formula (III)
Figure imgf000142_0001
wherein A and R1 have the meanings indicated in Claim 1 and
R represents hydrogen or (Ci-C- -alkyl, or both R residues are linked together to form a -(CH2)2-, -C(CH3)2-C(CH3)2-, -(CH2)3- or -CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2- bridge, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a base to yield the target compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000142_0002
wherein A, Z and R! have the meanings indicated in Claim 1 to 3, or first converted into the corresponding boronic acid or ester derivative of foni
(IV)
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein Z has the meaning indicated in Claim 1 to 3, and
R" represents hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl, or both 9 residues are link together to form a -(CH2)2-, -C(CH3)2-C(CH3)2-, -(CH2)3- -CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2- bridge, which is then coupled with an aryl bromide of formula (V)
Figure imgf000143_0002
wherein A and R have the meanings indicated in Claim 1 to 3, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a base to also give the target compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000143_0003
wherein A, Z and R! have the meanings indicated in Claim I to 3, optionally followed, where appropriate, by (z) separating the compounds of formula (I) into their respective enantiomers and/or diastereomers, and/or (if) converting the compounds of formula (I) into their respective hydrates, solvates, salts and/or hydrates or solvates of the salts by treatment with the corresponding solvents and/or acids.
Compound as defined in any of Claims 1 to 3 for the treatment or prevention of diseases.
Use of a compound as defined in any of Claims 1 to 3 for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of age-related macular degeneration (AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy and diabetic macula edema (DME).
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any of Claims 1 to 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate and/or solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 7 further comprising one or more additional therapeutic agents.
The pharmaceutical composition as defined in Claim 7 or 8 for the treatment or prevention of age-related macular degeneration ( AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy and diabetic macula edema (DME).
A method of treating or preventing age-related macular degeneration (AMD), choroidal neovascularisation (CNV), diabetic retinopathy and diabetic macula edema (DME) in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds as defined in any of Claims 1 to 3, or of a pharmaceutical composition as defined in any of Claims 7 to 9.
PCT/EP2012/062366 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors WO2013004551A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112014000049A BR112014000049A2 (en) 2012-03-27 2012-06-26 hydroxymethylaryl substituted pyrrolotriazines and their use
CA2840518A CA2840518A1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
US14/130,586 US9040691B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as ALK1 inhibitors
ES12730515.9T ES2598027T3 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Pyrrolotriazines substituted with hydroxymethylaryl as ALK1 inhibitors
KR1020137034741A KR20140036269A (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
SG2013086426A SG195100A1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
JP2014517662A JP5955953B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as ALK1 inhibitors
EA201490103A EA023775B1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
CN201280042804.7A CN103764657B (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 The pyrrolo-triazine replacing as the methylol aryl of ALK1 inhibitor
NZ619453A NZ619453B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
MX2013014315A MX2013014315A (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors.
AU2012280508A AU2012280508A1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as ALK1 inhibitors
UAA201400937A UA110724C2 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydro ksymetyl aryl substituted pirolotryazyny inhibitors alk1
AP2014007378A AP3529A (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
EP12730515.9A EP2726482B1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
ZA2013/08697A ZA201308697B (en) 2011-07-01 2013-11-20 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyprolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
IL229533A IL229533A0 (en) 2011-07-01 2013-11-21 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
TNP2013000534A TN2013000534A1 (en) 2011-07-01 2013-12-27 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
MA36620A MA35601B1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-12-27 Hydroxymethyl substituted pyrrolotriazines used as alk1 inhibitors
CUP2013000170A CU20130170A7 (en) 2011-07-01 2013-12-30 PIRROLOTRIAZINS REPLACED WITH HYDROXIMETHYLARY

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161503840P 2011-07-01 2011-07-01
US61/503,840 2011-07-01
EP12161547.0 2012-03-27
EP12161547 2012-03-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013004551A1 true WO2013004551A1 (en) 2013-01-10

Family

ID=47436537

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2012/062366 WO2013004551A1 (en) 2011-07-01 2012-06-26 Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (1) US9040691B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2726482B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5955953B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20140036269A (en)
CN (1) CN103764657B (en)
AP (1) AP3529A (en)
AR (1) AR087017A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2012280508A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112014000049A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2840518A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6870031A2 (en)
CU (1) CU20130170A7 (en)
DO (1) DOP2013000300A (en)
EA (1) EA023775B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP13013120A (en)
ES (1) ES2598027T3 (en)
GT (1) GT201300313A (en)
IL (1) IL229533A0 (en)
MA (1) MA35601B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2013014315A (en)
PE (1) PE20140570A1 (en)
SG (1) SG195100A1 (en)
UY (1) UY34167A (en)
WO (1) WO2013004551A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013113097A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 Beta Pharma Canada Inc. Cyclic molecules as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2016064958A1 (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-04-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heteroaryl substituted pyrrolotriazine amine compounds as pi3k inhibitors
US9598435B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-03-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
JP2017513939A (en) * 2014-04-10 2017-06-01 ランケナー インスティテュート フォー メディカル リサーチ Methods and compositions for the treatment of eye diseases and disorders
US9682998B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2017-06-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
US9695192B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-07-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
US10047096B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2018-08-14 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyridobenzodiazepinone-derivatives and use thereof
US10179777B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2019-01-15 Merck Patent Gmbh 3-(1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyridin-2-one derivatives
US10214537B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-02-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic heteroaryl amine compounds
US10336742B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2019-07-02 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Process for preparing thiazole derivatives
WO2024097980A1 (en) 2022-11-04 2024-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Ret-ldd protein inhibitors

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10053465B2 (en) 2015-08-26 2018-08-21 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as TAM inhibitors
SG10202009423QA (en) 2016-03-28 2020-11-27 Incyte Corp Pyrrolotriazine compounds as tam inhibitors
CN109111447A (en) 2017-06-23 2019-01-01 中国科学院上海药物研究所 7- substituted azole triazin compounds or its pharmaceutically available salt, and its preparation method and application
TWI821200B (en) 2017-09-27 2023-11-11 美商英塞特公司 Salts of tam inhibitors
US11241438B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2022-02-08 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an AXL/MER inhibitor

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000071129A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2000-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolotriazine inhibitors of kinases
WO2004074270A2 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-09-02 Pfizer Inc. Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus rna-dependent rna polymerase, and compositions and treatments using the same
EP1544208A1 (en) 2002-08-08 2005-06-22 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, medicinal use thereof, and intermediate for production thereof
WO2005121147A1 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-12-22 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007056170A2 (en) 2005-11-02 2007-05-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Pyrrolo[2,1-f] [1,2,4] triazin-4-ylamines igf-1r kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer and other hyperproliferative diseases
WO2007061882A2 (en) 2005-11-18 2007-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolotriazine kinase inhibitors
WO2007064931A2 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-06-07 Bayer Healthcare Llc Substituted 4-amino-pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007064883A2 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-06-07 Bayer Healthcare Llc. Substituted 4-amino-pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007079164A2 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-12 Abbott Laboratories Protein kinase inhibitors
WO2007147647A1 (en) 2006-06-21 2007-12-27 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazolopyrimidines and salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, methods of preparing same and uses of same.
WO2008089105A2 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-07-24 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral nucleoside analogs
WO2009136966A1 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of protein kinases
WO2010126960A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2010-11-04 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolotriazine compounds

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102005042742A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Schering Ag Substituted imidazo [1,2b] pyridazines as kinase inhibitors, their production and use as pharmaceuticals
AU2007315234A1 (en) * 2006-10-30 2008-05-08 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds as antiinflammatory agents
JP5090528B2 (en) * 2007-07-26 2012-12-05 ノバルティス アーゲー 2, 3, 7-substituted imidazo [1,2-b] pyridazines for treating diseases mediated by ALK4 or ALK5
EA201000615A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2010-12-30 Новартис Аг IMIDAZO [1,2-A] PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES APPLICABLE AS APC INHIBITORS (ACTIVIN-like KINASE)
WO2009140128A2 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as kinase inhibitors

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000071129A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2000-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolotriazine inhibitors of kinases
EP1544208A1 (en) 2002-08-08 2005-06-22 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, medicinal use thereof, and intermediate for production thereof
WO2004074270A2 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-09-02 Pfizer Inc. Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus rna-dependent rna polymerase, and compositions and treatments using the same
WO2005121147A1 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-12-22 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007056170A2 (en) 2005-11-02 2007-05-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Pyrrolo[2,1-f] [1,2,4] triazin-4-ylamines igf-1r kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer and other hyperproliferative diseases
WO2007061882A2 (en) 2005-11-18 2007-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolotriazine kinase inhibitors
WO2007064931A2 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-06-07 Bayer Healthcare Llc Substituted 4-amino-pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007064883A2 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-06-07 Bayer Healthcare Llc. Substituted 4-amino-pyrrolotriazine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
WO2007079164A2 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-12 Abbott Laboratories Protein kinase inhibitors
WO2007147647A1 (en) 2006-06-21 2007-12-27 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazolopyrimidines and salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, methods of preparing same and uses of same.
EP1873157A1 (en) * 2006-06-21 2008-01-02 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazolopyrimidines and salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, methods of preparing same and uses of same
WO2008089105A2 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-07-24 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral nucleoside analogs
WO2009136966A1 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of protein kinases
WO2010126960A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2010-11-04 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolotriazine compounds

Non-Patent Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A. L. S. THOMPSON ET AL., SYNTHESIS, 2005, pages 547 - 550
CAMPOCHIARO, EXP. OPIN. BIOL. THER., vol. 4, 2004, pages 1395 - 1402
CUNHA, J EXP. MED., vol. 207, 2010, pages 85 - 100
DAVID, BLOOD, vol. 109, 2007, pages 1953 - 1961
DAVID, BLOOD, vol. 109, no. 5, 2007, pages 1953 - 1961
DENG, J. CELL BIOL., vol. 134, 2006, pages 1563 - 1571
DIXON, EXPERT OPIN. INVESTIG. DRUGS, vol. 18, 2009, pages 1573 - 1580
FERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, CLIN. MED. & RES., vol. 4, 2006, pages 66 - 78
GOUMANS, EMBO JOURNAL, vol. 21, no. 7, 2002, pages 1743 - 1753
GRAGOUDAS, N. ENGL. J. MED, vol. 351, 2004, pages 2805 - 2816
HATTORI, BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 14, 2006, pages 3258 - 3262
J. TAKAGI ET AL., JAM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 124, 2002, pages 8001 - 8006
OTA, J CELL PHYSIOL., vol. 193, 2002, pages 299 - 318
R. CHINCHILLA; C. NAJERA, CHEM. REV., vol. 107, 2007, pages 874 - 922
ROSENFELD, N. ENGL. J MED., vol. 355, 2006, pages 1419 - 1431
ROSENFELD, N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 355, 2006, pages 1419 - 1431
S. KOTHA ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 58, 2002, pages 9633 - 9695
S. M. BERGE ET AL.: "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19, XP002675560, DOI: doi:10.1002/jps.2600660104
SCHARPFENECKER, J. CELL SCI., vol. 120, 2007, pages 964 - 972
T. E. BARDER ET AL., JAM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 127, 2005, pages 4685 - 4696
T. ISHIYAMA ET AL., I ORG. CHEM., vol. 60, 1995, pages 7508 - 7510
T. W. GREENE; P. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, WILEY
TEN DIJKE, ANGIOGENESIS, vol. 11, 2008, pages 79 - 89
WU, MICROVASC. RES., vol. 71, 2006, pages 12 - 19

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9682998B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2017-06-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
US9695192B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-07-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
US9598435B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-03-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
US9676760B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-06-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ion channel modulators
EP2809673A4 (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-07-08 Nanjing Allgen Pharma Co Ltd Cyclic molecules as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2013113097A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 Beta Pharma Canada Inc. Cyclic molecules as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
JP2015509107A (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-03-26 ナンジン アルゲン ファルマ カンパニー リミテッドNanjing Allgen Pharma Co. Ltd. Cyclic molecules as breton tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11447568B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2022-09-20 Lankenau Institute For Medical Research Methods and compositions for the treatment of ocular diseases and disorders
JP2017513939A (en) * 2014-04-10 2017-06-01 ランケナー インスティテュート フォー メディカル リサーチ Methods and compositions for the treatment of eye diseases and disorders
US10336742B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2019-07-02 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Process for preparing thiazole derivatives
US10023576B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2018-07-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heteroaryl substituted pyrrolotriazine amine compounds as PI3K inhibitors
US10214537B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-02-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic heteroaryl amine compounds
WO2016064958A1 (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-04-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heteroaryl substituted pyrrolotriazine amine compounds as pi3k inhibitors
US10047096B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2018-08-14 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyridobenzodiazepinone-derivatives and use thereof
US10179777B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2019-01-15 Merck Patent Gmbh 3-(1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyridin-2-one derivatives
WO2024097980A1 (en) 2022-11-04 2024-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Ret-ldd protein inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR087017A1 (en) 2014-02-05
CU24146B1 (en) 2016-02-29
AP3529A (en) 2016-01-11
CA2840518A1 (en) 2013-01-10
CO6870031A2 (en) 2014-02-20
MX2013014315A (en) 2014-01-31
KR20140036269A (en) 2014-03-25
CN103764657A (en) 2014-04-30
ECSP13013120A (en) 2014-02-28
JP5955953B2 (en) 2016-07-20
DOP2013000300A (en) 2014-02-28
ES2598027T3 (en) 2017-01-24
AU2012280508A1 (en) 2013-12-12
CN103764657B (en) 2016-05-25
EP2726482B1 (en) 2016-07-20
EA023775B1 (en) 2016-07-29
EA201490103A1 (en) 2014-06-30
US9040691B2 (en) 2015-05-26
PE20140570A1 (en) 2014-04-28
EP2726482A1 (en) 2014-05-07
UY34167A (en) 2013-01-31
JP2014525902A (en) 2014-10-02
CU20130170A7 (en) 2014-04-24
US20140256718A1 (en) 2014-09-11
GT201300313A (en) 2014-11-13
IL229533A0 (en) 2014-01-30
NZ619453A (en) 2016-01-29
BR112014000049A2 (en) 2017-02-07
SG195100A1 (en) 2013-12-30
AP2014007378A0 (en) 2014-01-31
MA35601B1 (en) 2014-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2726482B1 (en) Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
JP6289485B2 (en) Heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4
RU2720237C2 (en) Compositions containing benzopiperazine as bromodomain bet inhibitors
EP3083586B1 (en) Novel carboxamides, method for the production thereof, pharmaceutical preparations comprising them, and use thereof for producing medicaments
CA2876690C (en) Dihydropyrimidine compounds and their application in pharmaceuticals
JP6228310B2 (en) Pyrazole derivatives and their use as inhibitors of DLK
JP2018528227A (en) Novel bicyclic compounds as dual ATX / CA inhibitors
US11634412B2 (en) 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2016509036A (en) Substituted imidazo [1,2-B] pyridazines as MKNK1 inhibitors
CN103619841A (en) Heteroaryl compounds and methods of use thereof
EP3174884B1 (en) 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5- ]pyrazin-4(5h)-one compounds and their use as negative allosteric modulators of mglu2 receptors
JP2011526282A (en) 1,2-disubstituted heterocyclic compounds
CN110818724A (en) Pyridone and azapyridone compounds and methods of use
TW200940063A (en) 4-(4-cyano-2-thioaryl)dihydropyrimidinones and their use
TW201506018A (en) Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
JP2009541463A (en) Piperidine or pyrrolidine urea derivatives, their preparation and their therapeutic use
JP2016530292A (en) Novel soluble guanylate cyclase activators and their use
JP6515175B2 (en) Aromatic heterocyclic derivative and pharmaceutical application thereof
KR20230019822A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as triggering receptors expressed on myeloid cell 2 agonists and methods of use
EP3458063A1 (en) Methods for using triazolo-pyrazinyl soluble guanylate cyclase activators in fibrotic disorders
US5693640A (en) Pyridazino-indole derivatives
US5580877A (en) Pyrazolo-quinoline derivatives for treating cerebral ischemia
NZ619453B2 (en) Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines as alk1 inhibitors
TW201317239A (en) Hydroxymethylaryl-substituted pyrrolotriazines and uses thereof
KR20240026911A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as trigger receptors expressed on myeloid cells 2 agonists and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12730515

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2012730515

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012730515

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13285797

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: MX/A/2013/014315

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 002774-2013

Country of ref document: PE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012280508

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20120626

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: CR2013-000675

Country of ref document: CR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2840518

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2014517662

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 20137034741

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201490103

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A201400937

Country of ref document: UA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14130586

Country of ref document: US

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112014000049

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112014000049

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20140102